(FM8) SEMCON LAND ROVER OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 EURO LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved. OWNER'S HANDBOOK Landrights All Jaguar © Publication Part No. LRL 18 02 61 131 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Introduction

CALIFORNIAIntroduction PROPOSITION 65 WARNING First Warning Statement

Engine exhaust, some of its constituents, and certain vehicle components contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, and birth defects or other reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer, and birth defects or other reproductive harm.

ABOUT THIS HANDBOOK Please take the time to read all of the owner/operator literature supplied with your2013. vehicle as soon as possible.

IMPORTANT INFORMATION The information contained in this handbook covers all vehicle derivatives and optional equipment, some of which may not be fitted to your vehicle. Due to printingLimited cycles, this handbook may include descriptions of options before they become generally available. The vehicle options, hardware and software, are designed for the market in which the vehicle is intended for original sale. If the vehicle is to be registered or used in another geographical area, it may need modifications to suit local requirements. Land Rover is not responsible for the cost of any modifications. Warranty conditions may beRover affected. The information contained in this publication was correct whenreserved. it went to print. Subsequent vehicle design changes may result in a supplement being added to the literature pack. Updates can also be viewed on the Land Rover internet site at; www.ownerinfo.landrover.com. In the interest of development, theLand right is rese rved to change specifications, design or equipment at any time without notice and without incurringrights any obligations. This publication, or part thereof, may not be reproduced nor translated without our approval. Errors and omissions excepted. All Jaguar ©

2 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Introduction

SYMBOLS USED IN THIS HANDBOOK

This safety alert symbol precedes any safety message about a risk of personal injury. It will also have one of the following signal words.

Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, will result in death or serious injury.

Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in death or serious injury. 2013. Indicates a hazardous situation which, if not avoided, could result in minor or moderate injury.

Indicates either a procedure which must be followed precisely, or information that should be considered with great care, in order to avoid the possibility of damage to your vehicle.

This recycling symbol identifies items that mustLimited be disposed of safely in order to prevent unnecessary damage to the environment. This symbol identifies those items that must be disposed of correctly, as they contain harmful substances. Seek advice on disposal from your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized RepairerRover and/or yourreserved. local authority. This symbol identifies features that can be adjusted, disabled or enabled by a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer. Land ©Land Rover 2012. rights All rights reserved. Published by Land Rover. All Jaguar ©

3 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Introduction

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

4 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Contents

Introduction...... 2 Park assist...... 124 Vehicle stability ...... 7 Cruise control...... 128 Reporting safety defects...... 8 Adaptive cruise control...... 129 Entering the vehicle ...... 9 Cameras ...... 136 Exiting the vehicle...... 16 Terrain response ...... 138 Front seats...... 19 Hill descent control (HDC)...... 140 Rear seats ...... 22 Automatic speed limiter (ASL) .....142 Head restraints ...... 27 Audio/video overview ...... 143 Steering wheel...... 29 Radio...... 148 Seat belts...... 31 HD Radio™...... 1502013. Child safety...... 36 Satellite radio ...... 151 Air bags...... 43 Portable media ...... 154 Exterior lights ...... 49 Video media player...... 160 Interior lights...... 52 Rear media...... 162 Wipers and washers...... 53 VoiceLimited control ...... 165 Windows ...... 55 Telephone...... 168 Mirrors ...... 57 Navigation system...... 175 Blind spot monitoring...... 59 Fuel and refueling...... 189 Garage door opener...... 63Roverreserved.Maintenance...... 192 Warning lamps ...... 66 Fluid level checks ...... 201 Instrument panel ...... 70 Technical specifications ...... 208 Touch screen...... 74Land Vehicle battery...... 214 Heating and ventilation...... 78rights Tires ...... 219 Load carrying ...... 84 Fuses...... 230 Towing ...... 89All Wheel changing...... 237 Storage compartments...... 93 Vehicle recovery ...... 242 StartingJaguar the engine ...... 100 Vehicle labels ...... 246 Gearbox...... 103© After a collision ...... 247 Stability control ...... 107 Controls overview...... 264 Suspension...... 109 Brakes ...... 113 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)...... 116 Parking aids...... 119

5 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Contents

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

6 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Vehicle stability

VEHICLEVehicle stability STABILITY However, on-road crash data also indicates that driver behavior is a greater factor than a high center of gravity in determining a vehicle’s Utility vehicles have a significantly higher overall rollover rate. The single most effective rollover rate than other types of vehicles. driver behavior that can reduce the risk of Since this vehicle is designed to be operated injury or death in all crashes including rollover off-road, it has a higher ground clearance is to ALWAYS WEAR YOUR SEAT BELT and to and hence a higher center of gravity. Such a properly restrain all child passengers in the feature has been associated with an rear seat in an age and size appropriate child increased risk of vehicle rollover. safety seat or belt positioning booster seat. In This vehicle is not designed for cornering at the a rollover crash, an unbelted person is same speed as conventional passenger cars significantly more likely2013. to die than a person any more than a low-slung sports car is wearing a seat belt. designed to perform satisfactorily under off-road conditions. If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. As with other vehicles of this type, failure to operate the vehicle correctly may result in loss of control or Limited vehicle rollover. Another factor shown to significantly increase rollover risk is unauthorized vehicle modifications such as fitting incorrect specification tires, oversize tires, body Roverlifting, incorrect springs/dampers, incorrect vehicle reserved. loading/trailer towing. Many vehicle rollovers occur when a driver attempts to bring a vehicleLand back onto the road after some or all of the wheels drift ontorights the shoulder of the road, especially when the shoulder is unpaved. If you find yourself in such a situation, do not initiateAll any sharp or abrupt steering and/or braking maneuvers to re-enterJaguar the roadway. Instead, let the vehicle slow down as much as is safely possible before attempting© to re-enter the roadway and keep your wheels as straight as possible while re-entering the roadway.

7 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Reporting safety defects

REPORTINGReporting safety defects SAFETY DEFECTS (USA) If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Jaguar Land Rover North America, LLC. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. 2013. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer or Jaguar Land Rover North America, LLC. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 Limited (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA, 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, Washington, DC 20590. You can also obtain other information about Roverreserved. motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov. REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSLand (CANADA) rights If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or couldAll cause injury or death, you should immediately inform Transport Canada, in addition to notifying Jaguar Land JaguarRover Canada ULC. To contact Transport Canada, call their toll-free number:© 1-800-333-0510.

8 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Entering the vehicle

UNLOCKINGEntering the vehicle THE VEHICLE

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

unattended in the vehicle. Never leave children or animals unattended in the To prevent accidental or unauthorized vehicle. The vehicle can be operated when operation, never leave the Smart Key the Smart Key is inside the vehicle.

9 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Entering the vehicle

Note: The operational range of the Smart Key See 12, OPENING AND CLOSING THE will vary considerably depending on TAILGATE. atmospheric conditions and interference from Note: Ensure that the Smart Key does not other transmitting devices. remain in the vehicle prior to closure. If the Note: If any door or the tailgate is unlocked 10 vehicle is in an area of localised Radio times within a short period, the latch is Frequency (RF) interference or the Smart disabled for approximately one minute. Key is shielded by metal objects, the The vehicle is supplied with two Smart Keys. vehicle may close and lock with no means The Smart Keys act as remote controls for the of opening again. locking and alarm system and allow the vehicle 4. Panic alarm: to be locked, unlocked and driven without the • Press and hold for three2013. seconds (or use of a conventional key. See 11, KEYLESS press three times within three ENTRY, 16, KEYLESS LOCKINGand 100, seconds) to activate the horn and the STARTING THE ENGINE. Each Smart Key also hazard lamps. has an emergency key housed in a slide out • Once active for more than five compartment. seconds, the alarm can be cancelled by 1. Lock: pressingLimited the button and holding for • Press to secure the vehicle. See 16, three seconds (or pressing three times LOCKING AND ARMING THE ALARM. within three seconds). 2. Unlock: • The emergency alarm will also be • Press briefly to unlock the vehicle and cancelled if a valid Smart Key is deactivate the alarm. The hazard Roverpresent when the START/STOP button warning lamps will flash twice to reserved.is pressed. indicate that the vehicle is unlocked 5. Approach illumination: and the alarm has been deactivated. • When approaching the vehicle during The daylight running lamps,Land interior darkness, press to switch on the lamps and approach lamps will rights approach illumination. Press again to illuminate to assist entry to the vehicle. turn the approach lamps off. See also 11, GLOBAL OPENING. Note: In some markets a second press Power fold mirrors will unfoldAll (if of the button will turn on the enabled). headlamps and reversing lamps. A 3. Tailgate Jaguarrelease: third press will be required to turn the lamps off. • Press briefly to open the tailgate. If the ©vehicle is locked and armed, the • The approach illumination period set at security system will remain active the factory is 30 seconds. This delay while the tailgate is open. period may be configured to provide illumination lasting between 0 and 240 When closing the tailgate again, if the seconds. See 71, INSTRUMENT vehicle is already locked and armed, PANEL MENU. the hazard warning lamps will flash after a few seconds to confirm the full 6. Emergency key access: Slide open the side alarm system has been reactivated. cover to release, then remove.

10 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Entering the vehicle

7. Remove the emergency key blade and hazard warning lamps will flash twice to unfold. confirm the change. 8. If the Smart Key fails to open the vehicle, This feature may also be set via the Vehicle insert the key blade into the slot at the base Set-Up menu. See 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL of the door lock cover and gently lever the MENU. key blade upwards. Carefully rotate the Note: If, when the vehicle is unlocked, an door lock cover upwards, to lever the cover audible warning is emitted, this will be a off the retaining clips. Insert the key blade ‘Mislock’ error. There may be a fault with either into the exposed lock and turn to operate of the alarm sensors. Consult with your Land the lock. The alarm will sound. Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer as soon as Note: When the driver's door is unlocked possible. using the key blade, the alarm will sound 2013. until the Smart Key is positioned correctly. GLOBAL OPENING Note: A replacement Smart Key can be Press and hold the unlock button for 3 seconds obtained only from your Land Rover to unlock the vehicle and open all windows. Retailer/Authorized Repairer. The Land To cancel global opening, press any of the Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer will buttonsLimited on the Smart Key or operate the require proof of identification and driver’s window switch. To stop a particular ownership. window opening, operate the relevant window Notify your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized switch. Repairer immediately if a Smart Key is lost Note: Global opening does not open the or stolen. Roverreserved.sunroof. 9. Keyless entry/exit: This feature can be enabled/disabled via the • Exterior door handles have separate Vehicle Set-Up menu (see 71, INSTRUMENT unlock and lock sensors. The unlock PANEL MENU). sensor is locatedLand on the inner surface of the handle. rights KEYLESS ENTRY SINGLE/MULTI-POINT ENTRY Keyless entry allows the vehicle to be opened if All a Smart Key is within 3 ft (1.0 meter) of the When you press the unlock button, your door handle or the tailgate external switch. vehicle will unlock in one of two ways: Note: The Smart Key may not be detected if it 1. SingleJaguar Point Entry: Unlocks the driver's is placed within a metal container or if it is door and fuel filler only. A second press is shielded by a device with a back-lit LCD screen, ©required to unlock the remaining doors and such as a smart phone, laptop (including when the tailgate. inside a laptop bag), games console etc. Keep 2. Multi-Point Entry: Unlocks all doors, fuel the Smart Key clear of such devices when filler flap and the tailgate on the first press. attempting Keyless entry or Keyless starting. To change from Single to Multi-Point entry (or Note: The Smart Key needs only to be on the vice versa), press both the lock and unlock driver’s person or in a non-metallic bag or buttons simultaneously for three seconds. The briefcase. It does not need to be exposed or handled.

11 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Entering the vehicle

To enter the vehicle, just pull the door handle. OPENING AND CLOSING THE The alarm will be disarmed and the doors TAILGATE unlocked according to the current unlock/entry setting (Single or Multi-Point). The hazard warning lamps will flash twice as ‘unlock’ Ensure there is minimum space of 39 ins (1.0 confirmation. Power folded mirrors will fold meter) above the rear of vehicle before out (if enabled). operating the tailgate. Insufficient space may result in damage to the vehicle. Note: If Single Point Entry is the current security setting and a door other than the driver’s door is opened first, all doors will Do not operate the tailgate if a cycle rack is unlock. fitted to the tailgate. Remove any cycles and/or racks before operating the tailgate.2013. REMOTE KEY FOB SYSTEM TRANSMITTERS

Any person fitted with an implanted medical device should be kept at a distance of at least Limited 8.7 inches (22 cm) away from any transmitter mounted in the vehicle. This is to avoid any possibility of interference between the system and the device. Interference may cause the implanted medical device to Rover malfunction, causing serious injury or death. reserved. For information concerning the locations of the security system transmitters, see 212, REMOTE KEY FOB TRANSMITTERLand LOCATIONS. rights DRIVE-AWAY LOCKING Drive-away locking automatically locksAll all the doors when the vehicle is in motion. This feature can beJaguar enabled/disabled via the Vehicle Set-Up menu (see 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU.© Note: Pressing the lock or unlock button on the Smart Key will override drive-away locking for the current journey. 1. Upper tailgate release. Lift the upper tailgate to open.

12 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Entering the vehicle

Note: When using the upper tailgate OPENING AND CLOSING THE external release switch, all doors must be POWERED TAILGATE unlocked and the gear selector in either Park (P) or (N) position. 2. Lower tailgate release: only visible when the upper tailgate is open. Pull the lower tailgate downwards to open. The upper tailgate can also be released using the following methods. • The interior tailgate release switch. See 264, DRIVER CONTROLS. 2013. • The Smart Key tailgate release switch. See 9, UNLOCKING THE VEHICLE. Note: The tailgate will not open if the vehicle is travelling at or above approximately 3 mph (5 km/h). Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

13 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Entering the vehicle

1. Upper tailgate open/close. Press to Object detection while closing: If an object is open/close the upper tailgate. detected that would interfere with the tailgate 2. Lower tailgate open/close. Press to open or closing, tailgate movement will stop and then close the lower tailgate. reverse a short distance. An audible warning will be given to indicate a mislock. Remove any 3. Tailgate complete close. This button will obstructions and press the tailgate switch close the upper and lower tailgate again to close. After the tailgate has opened to its set height, it can be manually raised or lowered. If the tailgate fails to open or close correctly, close it While the tailgate is open, the locking platform manually then press the tailgate release switch and latch are exposed. Do not manually close again. the latch as it may also automatically ‘soft close’ and trap items or body parts.2013. As the closing tailgate approaches the closed position, it will ‘soft close’ to the fully-closed TAILGATE OPENING HEIGHT position. If the vehicle was previously locked, the alarm will re-arm. The hazard warning It is possible to set the maximum height to lamps will flash to confirm the lock status. An which a powered tailgate will open. This is audible confirmation may also be given. useful in parking areas with very low overhead clearance orLimited just for ease of use. Note: If a tailgate switch is pressed while the tailgate is opening or closing, all movement will 1. Open the tailgate to the position which you stop. However, if a switch is pressed during the want to set as the maximum height. ‘soft close’ stage, the open request will be Press any *external tailgate control to stop ignored. Rovermovementreserved. or position manually. Note: The tailgate has a minimum closing Note: *Not the Remote key fob or internal height, below which it will not power close. switch. Open the tailgate manually to the fully open 2. Ensure that the tailgate is stationary for at position and then press the tailgate complete least three seconds. close button. Land rights3. To set the opening height: Press and hold the tailgate close button, on the tailgate, Before operating the tailgate, ensureAll that until you hear a chime. anyone in the vicinity does not have any part 4. Close the tailgate, then open again to check of their body in a position where it could be that it opens to the programed height. trapped. NoteJaguar that the ‘soft close’ action does Note: If, after performing part 3 of the process not incorporate© object detection. Death or the tailgate closes automatically, the required serious injury could occur, even with an height has not been set. Repeat the process object detection system. ensuring that all steps are adhered to. Object detection while opening: If an object is To reset the maximum opening height to full, detected that would interfere with the tailgate repeat the process, but manually move it to the opening, tailgate movement will stop. Remove fully open position before pressing and holding any obstructions and press the tailgate switch the button. again to open.

14 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Entering the vehicle

The powered tailgate may lose its position memory if there are multiple object detections or if the battery voltage is low. Powered operation may be inhibited. To reset the tailgate: 1. Manually close the tailgate. 2. Press a tailgate release switch. 3. Allow the tailgate to power fully open or to the previously set position. 4. Press and release the close switch. 5. Allow the tailgate to power close fully. 2013. The tailgate programed position memory will now be restored.

DISABLING THE POWERED TAILGATE The powered tailgate can be disabled by Limited pressing and holding the lower tailgate open/close button for 20 seconds. An audible To replace the battery: confirmation tone will sound if the operation is successful. To re-enable the powered tailgate, 1. Remove the cover by sliding in the repeat the procedure. directions of the arrows. Roverreserved.2. Use the emergency key blade to separate REMOTE KEY FOB BATTERY the Smart Key body. REPLACEMENT 3. Fit a new and unused CR2032 type battery When the battery needs replacing,Land there will be (available from a Land Rover a significant decrease in the effectiverights range and Retailer/Authorized Repairer) with the the message SMART KEY BATTERY LOW will positive (+) side upwards. be displayed in the Message center. Note: Avoid touching the new battery. All Moisture/oil from fingers can reduce battery Battery disposal: Batteries contain life and corrode the contacts. Jaguarharmful substances and must be Refit the parts in reverse order, ensuring that disposed of correctly. Seek advice they click securely into place. © on disposal from a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer and/or your local authority.

15 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Exiting the vehicle

LOCKINGExiting the vehicle AND ARMING THE ALARM Note: Keyless locking will activate only if the Smart Key is detected outside the vehicle. If no Smart Key is present, no locking will occur. Before exiting the vehicle, always ensure that • To lock the vehicle touch the keyless the gear selector is in the Park (P) position, locking sensor (1) once. The hazard the engine is turned off, the parking brake is warning lamps will flash once to confirm applied and the Smart Key is removed from and the power fold mirrors will fold in (if the vehicle. enabled). Press the lock button on the Smart Key briefly, Note: When locking the vehicle via Keyless to lock the vehicle and activate the perimeter locking, if one or more of the doors, the hood alarm. The hazard warning lamps will flash to or the tailgate is not fully closed, or the ignition confirm. is ON, the vehicle will NOT lock.2013. There will be The perimeter alarm will sound if: NO audible mislock error warning. The hazard • The hood, tailgate or a door are opened. warning lamps will NOT flash and the door mirrors (if enabled) will NOT fold in. Check that • The vehicle battery is disconnected. all doors, the hood and the tailgate are closed • An attempt is made to disconnect the alarm properly. Ensure the ignition is turned OFF and siren. lock the vehicleLimited again. If the mislock persists, consult a Land Rover Retailer. KEYLESS LOCKING

The Smart Key may not be detected if it is placed within a metal container or if it is Roverreserved. shielded by a device with a back-lit LCD screen, such as a smart phone, laptop (including when inside a laptop bag), games console etc. Landrights All Jaguar ©

The vehicle will not lock automatically.

16 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Exiting the vehicle

DOOR LOCKS AND RELEASE LEVERS MISLOCK When attempting to lock the vehicle, if one or more of the doors, the hood or the tailgate are not fully closed, the vehicle will fail to lock and an audible warning will sound twice. The vehicle will not lock until all doors, the hood and the tailgate are completely closed.

DEACTIVATING THE ALARM WHEN TRIGGERED If the alarm has been triggered2013. it can be deactivated by pressing the Smart Key unlock button, or by positioning the Smart Key against 1. Unlock: the steering column (see 101, KEYLESS START BACKUP). • Press the driver or front passenger door unlock button to unlock all doors. Alternatively, pull the door release Limited handle (3) once to unlock the individual door. • Press the rear passenger door unlock button to unlock the individual door. Alternatively, pull the door releaseRover handle (3) once. reserved. Note: The unlock button is inhibited when the vehicle is locked with the Smart Key. 2. Lock: Land • Press the driver or front passengerrights lock button to lock all doors. • Press rear passengerAll lock button to lock the individual door. 3. Door release handle: pull to open the door. If Jaguarthe door is locked, pull the handle once ©to unlock the door.

17 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Exiting the vehicle

EMERGENCY LOCKING Note: Do not leave the emergency key blade in the vehicle at any point during the emergency locking procedure.

2013.

Limited

In the event of the battery discharging or a fault with the keyless locking system, the doors must be locked manually. Roverreserved. 1. Open the door and locate the emergency lock access cover. Using the emergency key blade (see 9, UNLOCKING THE VEHICLE) rotate the cover toLand release it from the door. rights Remove the cover and store it Allsafely. 2. Insert the emergency key blade firmly into the emergency lock. The emergencyJaguar key blade can now be removed. 3. Refit© the emergency lock access cover and rotate it clockwise to secure it firmly. 4. Close the door and check to ensure the door is locked. Repeat the procedure for all other unlocked doors.

18 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Front seats

ELECTRICFront seats SEATS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All

Jaguar 5. Head restraint height. Do© not adjust the seat while the vehicle is 6. Seat height. moving. Doing so could cause loss of vehicle 7. Forward and rearward position. control and personal injury. 8. Cushion tilt. 1. Cushion length. The front seats also have: 2. Bolster inflate/deflate. • Heated/climate control (see 78, CLIMATE 3. Lumbar support. CONTROL). 4. Seat back angle. • Seat massage (see 81, SEAT MASSAGE).

19 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Front seats

RESTRICTED SEAT TRAVEL The seat, head restraint, seat belt and air bags, all contribute to the protection of the user. Correct use of these components will give you If seat movement stops unexpectedly during greater protection. Therefore, you should adjustment, check for and remove any always observe the following points: obstructions. Once any obstructions have been removed, the seat adjustment mechanism can be reset as follows: Operate the button again to continue the stalled adjustment. When seat movement resumes, hold the button until the end of travel in that 2013. direction has been reached. Seat adjustment can now be carried out as normal. Note: If no obstructions can be seen, but normal adjustment cannot be carried out without stalling, contact your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer. Limited

SITTING IN THE CORRECT POSITION 1. Sit in an upright position, with the base of your spine as far back as possible and the seatback reclined no more than 30 Riding with a reclined seatback increases Roverdegrees, to achieve optimum benefit of the your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the seatreserved. belt in the event of an accident. event of a collision or sudden stop. The 2. Do not move the driver's seat too close to protection of your restraint system (seat belts the steering wheel. Ideally, a minimum and air bags) is greatly reducedLand by reclining distance of 10 inches (254 mm) is your seat. Seat belts must be snug againstrights recommended between the breastbone your hips and chest to work properly. The and the steering wheel air bag cover. Hold more the seatback is reclined, the greater the the steering wheel in the correct position, chance that an occupant's hips willAll slide with your arms slightly bent. under the lap belt or the occupant's neck will 3. Adjust the head restraint so that the top of strike the shoulder belt. Drivers and the head restraint is the same height as the passengers Jaguarshould always sit well back in top of the head. their seats, properly belted, and with the seatbacks© upright. 4. Position the seat belt so that it crosses your chest, mid-way between your neck and your shoulder. Fit the strap tightly Never adjust the driver’s seat while the across your hips, not across your vehicle is moving. Any sudden or unexpected stomach. movement of the seat could cause you to lose Make sure that your driving position is control of the vehicle resulting in an comfortable and enables you to maintain full accident. control of the vehicle

20 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Front seats

MIRRORS) for your ideal driving position, the settings can be stored for future use. Do not sit or lean unnecessarily close to the air bag. An inflating air bag can cause serious injury or even death. Always fasten your seat belt properly and position the seat so that you can sit as far back as possible from the air bag and still comfortably reach all controls.

FOLDING ARMREST 2013.

1. Press the memory store (M) button to Limitedactivate the memory function. 2. Press one of the preset buttons within 5 seconds to store the current settings. MEMORY (1, 2 or 3) SETTINGS SAVED will be displayed in the message center, Roverreserved. accompanied by an audible chime to confirm the settings have been stored. Note: A seat position will only be set during the 5 second active period. Land Note: Any existing settings will be Use the adjuster wheel (1) to set therights required over-written when storing a new memory height. The folding armrest may be stowed by position. moving to the vertical position. All 3. To recall a stored position press the DRIVING POSITION MEMORY relevant preset button. MEMORY (1, 2 OR 3) RECALLED will be displayed in the Jaguar message center. Before© activating the seat memory, ensure Note: The memory function for all passenger that the area immediately surrounding the seats will not trigger any messages in the seat is clear of obstructions and that all message center. occupants are clear of moving parts. Once you have adjusted the power operated driver's seat, steering column (see 29, ADJUSTING THE STEERING WHEEL) and exterior mirrors (see 57, EXTERIOR

21 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Rear seats

BUSINESSRear seats CLASS SEATS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All 1. Upper seat back angle. 2. Lumbar Jaguarsupport. 3. Seat back angle. 4. Head© restraint height. 5. Forward and rearward position. 6. Cushion tilt. The business class seats also have: • Climate control (see 82, REAR CLIMATE CONTROL). • Seat massage (see 24, MASSAGE SEATS).

22 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Rear seats

ELECTRIC SEATS

2013.

Limited

1. Seat back angle. Roverreserved. 2. Lumbar Support.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

23 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Rear seats

MANUAL SEATS 3. Upward massage. 4. Downward massage. Note: Massage programs have a specific timed cycle, which will need to be re-selected for continuos use.

PASSENGER SEAT AWAY

2013.

Limited

To adjust the angle of the seat back: Roverreserved. 1. Lift the adjustment lever. 2. Adjust the seat back to the desired angle. 3. Release the adjustment lever.Landrights MASSAGE SEATS

All 1. Located on the front passenger seat. 2. Located on the rear center console Jaguar (Business class rear seats only). The front passenger seat position can be © adjusted to provide more space for rear seat occupants. Use the relevant switch for forward or rearward adjustment. 1. Massage on/off. Note: Massage seats will only operate with the engine running. 2. Bi-directional massage.

24 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Rear seats

FOLDING AND RAISING THE REAR SEATS Never allow passengers to ride in the cargo area. In a collision, people riding in these areas are more likely to be seriously injured or killed. Do not allow anyone to ride in any area of your vehicle that is not equipped for passengers. Be sure everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and using their seat belt properly.

In a collision or sudden stop, unsecured objects could be thrown2013. inside the vehicle striking and injuring occupants. Always properly store and secure cargo and other objects in the vehicle.

EnsureLimited that when the seatback is raised, the locking mechanism is fully engaged.

When erecting the rear seats, ensure that seat belts are correctly routed in the seat belt Roverreserved.guides and not trapped behind the seats.

Ensure the head restraints are raised to the Land correct position before the seats are used by rights a passenger. The split fold rear seat can be folded All completely or partially to accommodate large loads and still retain seating for passengers. 1. Manual seats: raise the release lever. The Jaguar seatback will fold down against the seat cushion. Lift the seatback to raise to the © upright position and ensure the seatback is locked firmly in position. 2. Electric seats: press to fold/raise the left-hand seatback. 3. Electric seats: press to fold/raise the right-hand seatback.

25 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Rear seats

Note: If the electric seats are operated more than 3 times through the full fold/raise sequence in quick succession, the system will be disabled for 2 minutes.

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

26 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Head restraints

HEADHead restraints RESTRAINTS ELECTRIC HEAD RESTRAINTS

Head restraints are designed to support the head not the back of the neck. They must be positioned correctly to restrain rearward movement of the head in a collision.

Adjust, so that the top of the head restraint is the same height as the top of the seat occupant's head. Incorrect adjustment 2013. increases the risk of death or serious injury in the event of a collision.

1. To adjust the height of the head restraint. It is possible to swivel the head restraint • Front (see 23, ELECTRIC SEATS). forwards or backwards. For greater • Rear (see 22, BUSINESS CLASS protection in the event of a collision, the head LimitedSEATS). restraint should be adjusted so that it is as 2. To adjust the angle of the head restraint, close to the back of the head as is practical. press the locking button on the side of the restraint and tilt to the desired position. Do not drive, or carry passengers withRover the Note: There is no angle adjustment on head restraints removed from occupied reserved.headrests where a rear media screen is seats. The absence of a correctly adjusted fitted. head restraint increases the risk of neck injury in the event of a collision. Landrights Never adjust the head restraints while the vehicle is in motion. All Jaguar ©

1. Pull the wing heads forward to the first or second position. 2. Tilt the head restraint to adjust the angle.

27 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Head restraints

Note: There is no angle adjustment on HEAD RESTRAINT REMOVAL front head restraints where a rear media screen is fitted. 3. To adjust the height of the head restraint. Always store a removed head restraint securely. • Front (see 23, ELECTRIC SEATS). • Rear (see 22, BUSINESS CLASS SEATS). Do not drive, or carry passengers with the Note: It is not possible to remove electric head head restraints removed from occupied restraints. seats. The absence of a correctly adjusted head restraint increases the risk of neck MANUAL HEAD RESTRAINTS injury in the event of a collision2013. or sudden stop. Manual head restraints may be removed, if required (e.g. to fit larger child seats). 1. Raise the head restraint to its uppermost position and press the locking collar. 2. Lift theLimited restraint out of the seatback Ensure the head restraint is refitted before the seat is used by a passenger. 1. Ensure the head restraint is facing the Rovercorrect direction. 2. Insertreserved. the stems of the head restraint into the sockets on the seatback. 3. Push the restraint downwards until at least Land the first click. rightsNote: See 36, CHILD SEATS, for details on correct child restraint installation. 1. To raise, pull the head restraint upwards. It will click and lock in position. All 2. To lower, depress the locking button and push downJaguar on the restraint. 3. To adjust the angle of the head restraint, press© the locking button on the side of the restraint and tilt to the desired position. Note: There is no angle adjustment on front headrests where a rear media screen is fitted.

28 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Steering wheel

ADJUSTINGSteering wheel THE STEERING WHEEL

2013.

driver’s seat and steering column to the previousLimited position. Never adjust the steering column while the vehicle is in motion. Doing so may cause a Note: If the driver’s seat or steering column are loss of control, potentially resulting in an adjusted during entry or exit operation, accident. automatic movement will stop. 1. Electric adjustment: Move the controlRover up To prevent automatic movement of the driver’s or down to adjust the tilt/height. reserved.seat and steering column, turn the control clockwise to the manual position. Move the control forwards or rearwards to adjust reach. Note: If the steering column switch is moved away from AUTO when the driver’s seat and 2. Heated steering wheel: Press to turn on Land steering column is in the exit position, the and off. The switch indicator will illuminate rights driver’s seat and steering column will move amber when heating is on. back to their previous positions when the All driver’s door is closed and the ignition is ENTRY AND EXIT MODE switched on. With the steering column control (1) in the AUTO Jaguarposition, the steering column and POWER STEERING driver’s seat will move to provide easier entry A fault with the power steering system is and© exit from the vehicle. indicated by a message in the message center, On opening the driver’s door the system will accompanied by an amber warning lamp (see raise the steering column to the highest 66, GENERAL WARNING/INFORMATION position, and lower the driver’s seat to a lower MESSAGE (AMBER)). A reduction in power position assisting with exit from the vehicle. steering assistance may be experienced. The When the driver’s door is closed and the fault may be caused by overheating due to ignition turned on, the system will return the extensive steering inputs or high ambient temperatures.

29 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Steering wheel

Full steering assistance should return when the system has been allowed to cool. If full steering assistance does not return, consult a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer.

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

30 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Seat belts

USINGSeat belts THE SEAT BELTS

Ensure that the height is correctly adjusted and the mechanism is locked in place before driving. Do not attempt to adjust the seat belt height once the vehicle is in motion. Doing so may cause you to lose control of the vehicle, or incorrectly adjust the seat belt.

Do not use comfort clips or other devices that create slack in the seat2013. belt system.

No modifications or additions should be made by the user which will either prevent the seat belt adjusting devices from operatingLimited to remove slack, or prevent the seat belt assembly from being adjusted to remove slack. A slack seat belt offers a greatly reduced level of occupant protection in an impact. Roverreserved.2. Putting on a seat belt: Draw the belt out smoothly, ensure that the belt height, the 1. Seat belt height adjustment: Press to seat and the occupant's position on the release the catch. seat, are correct. With the catch depressedLand move the mechanism slide up or down to rightsthe required height. Ensure that the locking Seat belts are designed to bear upon the bony mechanism has engaged. structure of the body, and should be worn low All across the front of the pelvis, chest and When correctly positioned the seat belt shoulders, or the pelvis (lap belts). Never should cross the collar bone at the wear the lap belt across your waist or mid-pointJaguar between the neck and end of abdomen. your shoulder. ©Where possible, rear seat passengers should adjust their position on the seat, to Seat belts should be adjusted as firmly as enable the seat belt webbing to cross the possible, consistent with comfort, to provide shoulder without pressing on the neck. the protection for which they have been designed. A slack belt will greatly reduce the protection afforded to the wearer.

31 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Seat belts

Belts should not be worn with the straps Seat belts should be worn by all vehicle twisted. occupants, for every journey, no matter how short. Failure to do so will greatly increase the risk of death or serious injury in the event Each belt assembly must only be used by one of an accident. occupant. Never let children share a seat or seat belt. Never wear just the lap belt or just the shoulder belt of a lap/shoulder diagonal seat Riding with a reclined seatback increases belt. Both of these actions are extremely your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the dangerous and may increase2013. your risk of event of a collision or sudden stop. The injury. protection of your restraint system (seat belts 3. Fastening a seat belt: With the seat belt and air bags) is greatly reduced by reclining correctly positioned, place the metal your seat. Seat belts must be snug against tongue into the buckle nearest to you. your hips and chest to work properly. The Press in until a click is heard. more the seatback is reclined, the greater the Limited chance that an occupant's hips will slide To release the seat belt, press the red under the lap belt or the occupant's neck will button. strike the shoulder belt. Drivers and Note: When releasing the seat belt it is passengers should always sit well back in advisable to hold the belt before pressing their seats, properly belted, and with the the release button. This will prevent the seatbacks upright. Roverbeltreserved. from retracting too quickly. 4. Seat belt use during pregnancy: Position the lap strap comfortably across the hips Never place anything between you and the beneath the abdomen. Place the diagonal seat belt. It can be dangerous and reduce the Land part of the seat belt between the breasts effectiveness of the seat belt in preventing rightsand to the side of the abdomen, as injury. illustrated. Ensure that the seat belt is not All slack or twisted. The air bag supplemental restraint system (SRS) is designed to add to the overall Jaguar Position the seat belt correctly for the safety effectiveness of the seat belts. It does not of the mother and unborn child. Never wear replace them. Seat belts must always be © just the lap strap, and never sit on the lap worn. strap while using just the shoulder strap. Both of these actions are extremely dangerous, and may increase your risk of Do not carry hard, fragile, or sharp items serious injury in the event of an accident or between your person and the seat belt. In an during emergency braking. impact, the pressure on such items can cause them to break, which in turn may cause death or serious injury.

32 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Seat belts

SEAT BELT CARE Never place anything between you and the seat belt in an attempt to cushion the impact The belt should be replaced if webbing in the event of an accident. It can be becomes frayed, contaminated or damaged. dangerous and reduce the effectiveness of the seat belt in preventing injury. It is essential to replace the entire assembly after it has been worn in a severe impact even if damage to the assembly is not Ensure that the seat belt is not slack or obvious. twisted. If any damage, wear, cuts, defects, or impaired operation are noted with the seat SEAT BELT LOCKING MECHANISM belts, the vehicle should2013. be taken to a Land The rear outer seat belts and front passenger Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer for seat belts have a locking mechanism which immediate attention. Do not use the vehicle if the seat belts cannot be operated correctly. improves the retention of child seats. Care must be taken to avoid contamination of The procedure to install a child seat is as the webbing with polishes, oils and follows: chemicals,Limited and particularly battery acid. 1. Place the child seat in the vehicle, attach Cleaning may safely be carried out using the seat belt and secure the buckle in mild soap and water. Contaminated seat accordance with the manufacturer’s fitting belts may not operate correctly in an impact instructions. and cannot be relied upon. 2. Pull on the shoulder section of the Roverbelt to reserved.When using seat belts to restrain items other unreel all of the remaining webbing to the than occupants, take care to ensure that the limit of its travel. This will engage the belts are not damaged, or exposed to sharp automatic locking feature which then acts edges. as a ratchet, only allowingLand the webbing to retract. rights SEAT BELT CHECKS 3. Allow the seat belt to retract onto the child Note: If the vehicle is parked on an incline, the seat (a clicking sound willAll confirm that the seat belt mechanism may lock. This is not a ratchet has engaged), while firmly pushing fault and the belt should be gently eased out the child seat into the vehicle seat. from the upper anchorage. 4. EnsureJaguar that there is no slack in the seat The seat belts should be inspected regularly to belt, by pulling upwards on the shoulder check for fraying, cuts, wear to the webbing ©belt immediately above the child restraint. and the condition and security of the When the child seat is removed and all of the mechanism, buckles, adjusters and mounting seat belt webbing is allowed to retract, the seat points. belt locking mechanism reverts to normal • With the seat belt fastened, give the operation. webbing near the buckle a quick upward pull. The buckle must remain securely locked.

33 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Seat belts

• With the seat belt unfastened, unreel the SEAT BELT REMINDER seat belt to the limit of its travel. Check that Beltminder commences when the vehicle is in it unreels smoothly with no snatches or motion and the driver's belt is unbuckled. snags. Allow the belt to fully retract, again Dependent on market, the warning indicator in checking for smooth operation. the Instrument panel illuminates (See 67, SEAT • Partially unreel the seat belt, then hold the BELT (RED)), the message FASTEN SEAT tongue plate and give a quick forward pull. BELTS appears in the message center and an The mechanism must lock and prevent any audible chime sounds. The visual and audible further unreeling. warnings applicable to the Beltminder feature are market dependent to meet individual market requirements. The warning signals If any of the seat belts fail to meet those given may also change depending2013. on whether criteria, immediately contact your Land the vehicle is stationary or when the vehicle Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairer. speed exceeds a pre-determined threshold. In certain markets, the Beltminder feature also SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONERS applies to the front passenger seat. The seat belt pre-tensioners activate in The message center also displays a front and conjunction with the Supplementary Restraint rear seat BeltminderLimited system that warns the System (SRS) to provide additional protection driver when the seat belt of any occupied seat in the event of a severe frontal impact. They is not fastened or is unfastened during a automatically reduce any slack in a seatbelt to journey. reduce forward movement of a front seat occupant. Roverreserved.

The seat belt pre-tensioners will activate only once and then must be replaced. Failure to replace them will reduce the effectivenessLand of the SRS in reducing the risk of serious injuryrights or death in the event of an accident.

All • Each seating position is represented by a After any impact, have the seat belts and passenger icon, the color and symbol of pre-tensionersJaguar checked and, if necessary, which indicates the seat belt status: replaced by a Retailer/Authorized Repairer. • Tick - seat belt in the indicated position © is fastened. • Cross - seat belt in the indicated position has been unfastened while the vehicle ignition is on. This indicator will turn gray after 30 seconds. • Gray - seat belt not fastened.

34 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Seat belts

Note: The indicators will be displayed for 30 seconds each time there is a status change, e.g., a seat belt is unfastened or fastened or a door is opened and then closed. In addition, an audible warning will sound under the following conditions: • The seat belt of an occupied front seat is not fastened or is unfastened during a trip. • A rear seat belt is unfastened. Note: Objects placed on the front passenger seat may activate the seat belt reminder 2013. warning chime and indicator. It is recommended that any objects placed on the front passenger seat are secured using the seat belt. Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

35 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Child safety

CHILDChild safety SAFETY LOCKS CHILD SEATS

According to crash statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seats than in the front seat. The air bags alone will not prevent children from being seriously injured or killed. Never place a child in any type of child restraint or booster seat in the front passenger seat. Children If children are to be carried in the rear seat under the age of 13 should always ride in the positions, it is recommended that the rear door rear. 2013. interior handles are disabled. Make sure the child seat fits your child properly. Always check the seat Press the switch to activate child door locks manufacturer’s instructions and labels for and inhibit rear windows. The LED indicator height and weight limits. For more specific will illuminate when active and a message will guidance, consult your pediatrician. display in the message center. There are three general types of child To switch off press again. The LED will Limited restraint systems: Infant seats, toddler seats, extinguish and a message will display in the and belt-positioning booster seats. message center. Infants: at least 1 year of age and at least 20 lbs (9 kg). RoverToddlers:reserved. until about age 4 and about 40 lbs (18 kg). Boosters: belt-positioning booster until about age 8 or at least 4 ft 9 in. (145 cm) and seat Landrights belt fits properly.

Do not allow a baby or infant to be held or All carried on the lap. The force of a crash can increase effective body weight by as much as thirty times, making it impossible to hold Jaguar onto the child. At all times, children should © be restrained in age and size appropriate child seats to reduce the risk of death or serious injury in a crash.

Children could be endangered in a crash if their child restraints are not properly secured in the vehicle. Always follow the instructions that accompany the child seat carefully.

36 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Child safety

Child restraint systems are designed to be secured in vehicle seats by use of the lap belts Extreme hazard! Never place a rearward or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt. facing child restraint on the front passenger Children could be endangered in a crash if their seat. The infant could be serious injured or child restraints are not properly secured. killed if the air bag deploys. The seat belts fitted to your vehicle are designed for adults and larger children. It is CHILD RESTRAINT CHECK LIST very important for all infants and children to be restrained in a suitable child safety seat Every time a child travels in the vehicle observe appropriate to their age and size. the following:- Non-LATCH child restraints • Carefully follow the 2013.instructions provided by the manufacturer of the restraint system. • Always use the appropriate child restraints and adjust harnesses for every child, every trip. • LimitedAvoid dressing a child in bulky clothing and do not place any objects between the child This symbol, affixed to the end of the facia on and the restraint system. the passenger side, warns against the use of a • Regularly check the fit of a child seat and rear-facing child seat in the front passenger replace seats or harnesses that show signs seat. Roverreserved. of wear. If it is essential that a child travels in the front • Ensure that you have removed all slack passenger seat, (and national or state from the adult seat belt. legislation permits this), Land Rover • No child seat is completely child-proof. recommends that the following preparations Encourage a child not to play with the are made before fitting theLand child restraint. rights buckle or harness. • Adjust the front passenger seat fully • Never leave a child unsupervised in the rearwards. All vehicle. • Adjust the lumbar support to its minimum • Activate the rear door child safety locks. support position. See 36, CHILD SAFETY LOCKS. • AdjustJaguar the seat cushion to its highest • Set a good example - always wear your position. If cushion rake adjustment is seat belt. ©possible, adjust it to its lowest position. • Adjust the seat back to the fully upright LATCH child restraints position. • Always attach the top tether when • Adjust the seat belt adjustable upper installing the LATCH seat. anchorage to its lowest position. • Carefully follow the instructions supplied with the child seat. Always give the LATCH seat a final pull, to ensure that the lower anchors are secure.

37 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Child safety

• Always use the appropriate child restraints and adjust the harnesses for every child, every trip. • Make sure that a child falls into the correct weight range for the seat. Avoid dressing a child in bulky clothing and do not place any objects between the child and the restraint system. • Regularly check the fit of a child seat and replace seats and harnesses that show signs of wear. • No child seat is completely child-proof. 2013. Encourage children not to play with the buckle or harness. • Never leave a child unsupervised in the vehicle. • Activate the rear door child safety locks. See 36, CHILD SAFETY LOCKS Limited • Set a good example - always wear your seat belt.

Child restraint anchorages are designed to Roverreserved. withstand only those loads imposed by correctly fitted child restraints. Under no circumstances are they to be used for adult seat belts, harnesses or for attachingLand other items or equipment to the vehicle. rights All Jaguar ©

38 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Child safety

CHILD SEAT POSITIONING

PROPER CHILD SAFETY SEAT USE CHART Buckle Everyone. Children Age 12 and Under in Back. INFANTS TODDLER YOUNG CHILDREN WEIGHT Birth to 1 year At least Over 1 year and over Ages 4 to 8, unless 4 ft 20 to 22 lb. (9 to 10 20 to 40 lb. (9 to 18 9 in. (145 cm). Over 40 kg). kg). lb. (18 kg). TYPE of SEAT Infant only or rear Convertible/ Belt positioning facing, convertible. forward-facing booster seat. SEAT POSITION Rear-facing only. Forward-facing.2013. Forward-facing. ALWAYS MAKE SURE Children to 1 year and Harness straps should Belt positioning at least 20 lb. (9 kg) in be at or above booster seats must be rear-facing seats. shoulders. used with both lap and Harness straps at or Most seats require top shoulder belt. below shoulder level. slot for forward-facing. Make sure the lap belt Limited fits low and tight across the lap and upper thigh area and the shoulder belt fist snug crossing the Rover chest and shoulder to reserved. avoid abdominal injuries. WARNING All children age 12 and All children age 12 and All children age 12 and Landunder should ride in under should ride in under should ride in the backrights seat. the back seat. the back seat. When installing a child seat in the rear, the front seat must be moved forwardAll and upwards to install any rear-facing child seat. Care mustJaguar be taken not to load any part of the child seat when repositioning the front seat. The© space available for front seat occupants will be reduced by the installation of any rearward-facing child seat.

Crash statistics show that children are safest when properly restrained in an child restraint system appropriate for their age and weight and secured in a rear seating position.

39 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Child safety

LATCH CHILD RESTRAINT ANCHOR POINTS

2013.

Limited

LATCH anchorage child restraints can only be For child seats fitted with non-rigid LATCH fitted to the outer seat positions on the second connectors, connect the lower tether strap row of seats. Roverhooks to the anchor bars and tighten the straps.reserved. This symbol is shown on a label 4. If an upper tether is fitted to the child seat, sewn into the seats to indicate the ensure it is properly secured to the tether position of the LATCH lower anchorages on the rear of the seats. anchorages. Land rightsTest the security of the child restraint. To do this, attempt to pull the restraint away from the To install a LATCH anchorage child seat: All vehicle seat and twist the restraint from side to 1. Raise or remove the head restraint. side. Even if the restraint appears secure, you 2. Lift the velcro flap to expose the LATCH should still check the anchor points visually, to anchor bars.Jaguar ensure correct attachment. For child seats fitted with rigid lower LATCH© connectors, insert the protective Do not attempt to fit a LATCH child restraint to guides supplied with the child seat. the center rear seating position. The anchor 3. For child seats fitted with rigid lower bars are not designed to hold a LATCH child LATCH connectors, slide the child seat restraint in this position. Install only using locking mechanism into the protective seat belts (non-LATCH system) and the top sleeves and onto the anchor bars. tether at this position.

40 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Child safety

If the restraint is not correctly anchored, there is a significant risk of injury to the child in the event of a collision or emergency braking.

If removing a head restraint in order to fit a child restraint, always secure the head restraint when storing it. See 27, HEAD RESTRAINTS. 2013. INSTALLING TETHER ANCHORAGE CHILD RESTRAINTS

Child restraint anchorages are designed to withstand only those loads imposed by YourLimited vehicle is equipped with anchorage points correctly fitted child restraints. Under no on the back of the second row seat frames. circumstances are they to be used for adult These should be used to attach straps from seat belts, harnesses or for attaching other child seats or restraint systems. items or equipment to the vehicle. • Install the child restraint securely in one of Roverreserved. the rear seating positions. • Pass the tether strap over the seat back and Always follow the child seat or restraint beneath the head restraint for the outer system manufacturer’s instructions when seat positions. fitting tether straps. Land Note: For the center seat position, pass the rights tether strap over the fixed head restraint. When fitting a child seat or restraint system, • Attach the tether strap hook to the tether always pass the tether strapAll over the top of anchor point. Ensure that the tether strap the seat back and beneath the head restraint. hook is facing the correct way (see illustration). Jaguar • Tighten the tether strap according to the If© a child seat or restraint system is to be child restraint manufacturer's instructions. fitted to the center seating position, the Note: A tether anchorage is provided for the center armrest must be in the stowed position center seat position. Do not use this anchor (folded into the seat). position with a LATCH anchorage child seat.

41 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Child safety

BOOSTER SEATS In a situation where a child is too large to fit into a child safety seat but is still too small to safely use just the three point belt, a booster seat is recommended for maximum safety. Follow the manufacturer's instructions for fitting and use, then adjust the seat belt to suit. See 39, CHILD SEAT POSITIONING.

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

42 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Air bags

AIRAir bags BAGS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

1. Passenger front air bag. 2. Curtain air bag. Land Seat belts should be worn at all times, by the 3. Side air bags. rights driver and passengers in all seating 4. Driver’s front air bag. positions. The air bag supplementary restraint system (SRS) cannot provide Note: The general location of air bags fitted to All protection in some types of impact. Under the vehicle are marked by the word AIR BAG. these circumstances, the only protection will Jaguar be provided by a correctly worn seat belt. High speed impacts may cause serious injury or© death irrespective of safety features fitted FRONT AIR BAGS to the vehicle. Always drive with caution and The front passenger and driver air bags have 2 consideration for the vehicle’s levels of deployment, depending on the characteristics, road and weather conditions, severity of the frontal impact. In a severe and do not exceed any speed limits in force. impact, the air bags inflate fully to offer maximum protection. In a lesser impact, full deployment is not required, so the air bags are inflated to a reduced pressure.

43 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Air bags

SIDE AND CURTAIN AIR BAGS The seat mounted side air bags are designed to Air bags inflate at high speeds. To minimize protect the thorax region of the torso and will the risk of injury, ensure that all vehicle deploy only in the event of a side impact and occupants wear correctly positioned seat then, only on the side of the impact. belts, sit correctly in the seats, and position Both sides will deploy in the event of a rollover. the seats as far back as practical. The curtain air bags are deployed in side impact and rollover events, providing greater Air bag inflation takes place instantaneously, protection from serious head injuries. They and cannot protect against the effects of deflate at a slower rate than the front or side air secondary impacts. Under these bags. circumstances the only protection2013. will be provided by a correctly worn seat belt. AIR BAG OPERATION

Phone systems should only be installed by National Highway Traffic Safety qualified persons familiar with the operation Administration (NHTSA) recommends a of, and requirementsLimited for, vehicles fitted with minimum distance of 10 in. (25 cm) between SRS. If you are in any doubt, seek advice an occupant's chest and the driver’s air bag from your Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized module. Repairer. Air bag deployment is dependent on the rate at Air bags provide additional protection in Roverwhich reserved.the passenger compartment changes certain types of collision only - they do not velocity during a collision. Circumstances replace the need to wear a seat belt. All affecting different collisions (vehicle speed, occupants, in all seating positions, should angle of impact, type and size of object hit, always wear their seat belt, whetherLand or not an etc.), vary considerably and will affect the rate air bag is present in that seating position.rightsof deceleration accordingly. The Supplementary Restraint System components include:- For the air bags to operate correctlyAll the roof • SRS warning indicator. lining and door post trims must be in good • Rotary coupler. condition, correctly fitted, and free from obstruction.Jaguar Any damage, wear, or incorrect • Air bag modules. fitment© should be referred to your Land Rover • Seat belt pre-tensioners (front and Retailer/Authorized Repairer as soon as outboard rear seat belts). possible for examination and repair. • Air bag diagnostic control unit. • Crash and rollover sensors. • Air bag wiring harness. • Seat occupancy sensor. • Front passenger switchable seat belt load limiter.

44 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Air bags

The air bags and SRS are not designed to AIR BAG OBSTRUCTION operate as a result of: • Rear impacts. • Minor front impacts. Do not obstruct the operation of the air bags by placing any part of your person or any • Minor side impacts. objects in contact with, or close to, an air bag • Heavy braking. module. If the air bag inflates, objects or any • Driving over bumps and pot holes. part of your person could interfere with the Therefore, it follows that considerable inflation of the air bag or be propelled inside superficial damage to the vehicle can occur, the vehicle, causing injury to the occupants. without causing the air bags to deploy. Do not allow passengers to obstruct the Note: If as a result of an impact, you believe the operation of the air bags2013. by placing feet, air bags should have deployed and they failed knees or any other part of the body, or any to do so, please call 1 (800) 637-6837 for other objects in contact with, or in close advice, or to arrange for a Land Rover proximity to, an air bag module. representative to inspect the vehicle. Do not place objects between the air bag moduleLimited and the seat occupant. High speed impacts may cause serious injury or death irrespective of safety features fitted Do not use non-approved seat covers or to a vehicle. accessory seat covers that have not been designed for use with air bags. If in doubt, consult your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized The air bag SRS cannot provide protectionRover in reserved.Repairer. some types of impact. Under these circumstances the only protection will be provided by a correctly worn seat belt. Ensure that a gap is maintained between the Land side of the vehicle, and the head and torso. rights This will enable unobstructed inflation of the curtain, and seat mounted side air bags. All Do not attach or position items on, or close to Jaguar the roof lining, front seat backrests, or to an air bag cover, which could interfere with the © inflation of the air bag or be propelled inside the vehicle, causing injury to the occupants. Note: Unauthorized modification of the vehicle or parts may invalidate the vehicle's warranty. Air bags cannot deploy correctly if they are obstructed. Examples of obstructions are:- • Any part of an occupant’s body in contact with, or close to, an air bag cover.

45 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Air bags

• Objects placed on, or close to, an air bag cover. After inflation, some air bag components will • Clothing, sun screens, or other material be very hot. Do not touch the air bag hanging from grab handles. components until they have cooled • Clothing, cushions, or other material, sufficiently covering seat mounted air bags. After inflation, the front and seat mounted side • Seat covers which are not approved by air bags deflate immediately. This provides a Land Rover, or specifically designed for gradual cushioning effect for the occupants use with seat mounted air bags. and also ensures that the driver’s forward This list is not exhaustive, and it remains the vision is not obscured. responsibility of the driver and passengers to 2013. ensure that the air bags are not obstructed in AIR BAG WARNING LAMP any way. The air bag warning lamp is AIR BAG DEPLOYMENT EFFECTS mounted in the instrument panel and will illuminate as a bulb check when the ignition is turned on. See When an air bag inflates, a fine powder is Limited68, AIR BAG (AMBER) . released. This is normal and not an indication of a malfunction. The powder may cause irritation to the skin and should be thoroughly flushed from eyes and any cuts or Even with advanced air bags, children can be abrasions. This powder can cause breathingRover seriouslyreserved. injured or killed. Never place a difficulties for asthma sufferers or other child in any type of child restraint or booster people with respiratory problems. If this seat in the front passenger seat. Children occurs, get out of the vehicle as soon as it is under the age of 13 should always ride in the safe to do so or get fresh air byLand opening a rear. window. If breathing problems persist, seekrights If any of the following warning lamp conditions medical attention. occur, the vehicle should be checked by your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer All immediately. Air bag deployment is accompanied by a very • The warning lamp fails to illuminate when loud noise which may cause discomfort and the ignition is turned on. temporary lossJaguar of hearing. • The warning lamp fails to extinguish after 8 © seconds of the ignition being turned on. The Air bags will activate only once and then • The warning lamp illuminates at any time must be replaced. Failure to replace them other than the bulb check, as previously will reduce the effectiveness of the SRS in described. reducing the risk of serious injury or death in the event of an accident.

46 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Air bags

OCCUPANT SENSING The system will adjust the passenger air bag The front passenger seat is fitted with an status and operate the status indicator as occupancy sensor system that determines if follows: the seat is unoccupied, occupied by a person of Seat occupancy Passenger air Status low weight, a child seat or object, or is status bag status indicator occupied by a heavier person or object. active The system consists of: Completely Deactivated No1 • A weight sensing pressure pad installed empty under the front passenger seat cushion. Child seat or Deactivated Yes The sensor measures downward pressure/ low weight weight on the seat cushion. occupant or 2013. • A seat belt tension sensor integrated into object the anchor point of the front passenger Heavy occupant Activated No seat belt. or object • A control unit installed under the front passenger seat. 1 It is possible to receive an intermittent • An air bag status indicator lamp, mounted indicatorLimited with an empty seat condition. This is in the roof console. part of the system’s adaptive behavior, and does not affect the status of the passenger air bag. However, if the indicator becomes When checking the operational status of the permanently illuminated when the seat is front passenger air bag, ensure that the Roverdefinitely empty, then contact your Land Rover ignition is switched on. reserved. Retailer/Authorized Repairer immediately. Note: In some cases a small child placed in a child seat will not activate the passenger air Land bag status indicator. If this occurs, the rights passenger air bag status will be as described for an empty seat, i.e. passenger air bag All ‘Deactivated’ but the status indicator is not illuminated. Jaguar Crash statistics show that children are safest © when properly restrained in an child restraint system appropriate for their age and weight and secured in a rear seating position.

47 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Air bags

components. Do not use a child restraint on a seat - Installation of electrical, or electronic, protected by an operational air bag in front of equipment and accessories. it. Doing so presents a high risk of death or - Modification to the front or sides of the serious injury to the child in the event of an vehicle exterior. accident. - Attachment of accessories to the front or Note: The indicator will only illuminate when sides of the vehicle. the ignition is on or the engine is running. Always contact your Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairer if: AIR BAG SERVICE INFORMATION • An air bag inflates. • The front or sides of the vehicle2013. are damaged. Phone systems should only be installed by • Any part of the Air bag Supplementary qualified persons familiar with the operation Restraint System (SRS) shows signs of of, and requirements for, vehicles fitted with cracking or damage, including trim SRS. If you are in any doubt, seek advice covering air bags. from your Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairer. Limited DISABILITY MODIFICATIONS

Do not attempt to service, repair, replace, modify, or tamper with, any part of the SRS. Occupants with disabilities that may require This includes wiring or components in the Roverthe vehiclereserved. to be modified must contact a vicinity of SRS components. Doing so may Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer cause the system to trigger, or render the before any modifications are made. system inoperative, either of which may Modifications may adversely affect the result in serious injury or death. vehicle which can lead to loss of control, Landrights resulting in a crash. (USA only) If you are considering modifying Do not use any electrical test equipment or your vehicle in any way to accommodate a devices in the vicinity of SRS componentsAll or disability, for example by altering or wiring. Doing so may cause the system to adapting the driver’s or passenger’s seat(s) trigger or render the system inoperative, or air bag system, please contact: either of whichJaguar may result in serious injury or Jaguar Land Rover North America LLC death.© Customer Relations Center 555 MacArthur Blvd For your safety, all of the following Mahwah operations should only be carried out by a New Jersey 07430-2327 Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairer, or 1-800-637-6837, option #9. suitably qualified person:- - Removal or repair of any wiring or component in the vicinity of any SRS

48 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Exterior lights

LIGHTINGExterior lights CONTROL

2013.

1. With the headlamps on, push the control 6. LimitedRear fog lamps. Operates only while side away from the steering wheel to select high lights, headlamps or Auto lamps are beam. The warning lamp will illuminate. selected. Turn the collar towards the See 68, HIGH BEAM (BLUE). steering wheel and release. The warning Note: Do not use high beam where it may lamp will illuminate. See 68, REAR FOG distract or dazzle other road users.Roverreserved. LAMP (AMBER). 2. Pull the control towards the steering wheel 7. Front fog lamps. Operates only while side and release to flash the high beam on and lights, headlamps or Auto lamps are off. The high beam will remain on for as selected. Turn the collar away from the long as the switch is Landheld. steering wheel and release. The warning rights lamp will illuminate. See 68, FRONT FOG 3. Side lights. LAMPS (GREEN). 4. Headlamps. All 5. AUTO. With Auto lamps selected, when ambient light fades and the ignition is on, theJaguar side lights, tail lamps, low beam headlamps and license plate lamps will ©switch on automatically. Headlamp courtesy delay, High beam assist and Windshield wiper detection may also be activated. Note: Low ambient light levels, caused by adverse weather conditions, may also cause Auto lamps to activate.

49 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Exterior lights

DAYTIME RUNNING LAMPS To manually select high beam, move the stalk With the lighting control in the Off position, to the high beam position as normal. To return Daytime running lamps will switch on to Auto high beam, move the stalk back to the automatically under the following conditions: central position. • The engine is running. To manually override to low beam from high beam, pull the stalk to the flash position and • The gear selector is out of Park (P). auto high beam will be cancelled. To return to • The parking brake is not applied (is auto high beam, push the stalk to the high released) - market dependent. beam position and then return it to the central position. Unless required or prohibited by law, daytime running lamps can be A green warning lamp2013. illuminates disabled or enabled by your Land when auto high beam is selected. Rover Retailer/Authorized See 69, HIGH BEAM ASSIST Repairer. (GREEN).

HEADLAMP COURTESY DELAY To turn off auto high beam, turn the lighting This feature operates whenever the headlamp control fromLimited AUTO to headlamps on. control is left in the AUTO position and the This feature can be disabled/enabled using the ignition is turned off. The headlamps will Vehicle Set-Up menu (see 71, INSTRUMENT remain illuminated for up to 240 seconds. PANEL MENU). Note: The time delay may be changed via the The following may affect the operation of auto Vehicle Set-Up menu (see 71, INSTRUMENTRover high beam: PANEL MENU). reserved. • Highly reflective road signs. HIGH BEAM ASSIST • Vehicles with dim headlamps. • Adverse weather conditions. This feature automatically selectsLand and deselects high beam, under specific conditionsrights • Dirty sensor. of road lighting and in the absence of other • Dirty, damaged, or fogged windshield. vehicle’s lights. The system is only active when Note: The system cannot be relied upon to the ambient light drops below a predeterminedAll activate or de-activate high beam in all possible level. circumstances. It remains the driver’s Note: It is notJaguar recommended that auto high responsibility to ensure correct use of the beam is used while driving off road. headlamps at all times. For auto© high beam to become operational, the Note: Ensure that the sensor on the back of the lighting control must be in the AUTO position, rear view mirror is not blocked or obstructed. with low beam headlamps selected. See 49, LIGHTING CONTROL. The system will only activate when the vehicle speed exceeds 25 mph (40 km/h). The system will deactivate when vehicle speed drops below 15 mph (24 km/h).

50 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Exterior lights

ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM (AFS) When cornering using low beam, AFS will adjust the headlamp beams to provide improved illumination in the direction of travel. AFS is deactivated when:- • Reverse gear is selected. • The vehicle is stationary. • Daytime running lamps are on. If a system fault is detected the headlamps will attempt to move to the central position, and 2013. remain stationary. The AFS warning lamp will illuminate to indicate that a fault is present.

If the warning lamp illuminates, contact your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer as Limited soon as possible.

HEADLAMPS - CONDENSATION Fogging of lamp lenses can occur under some atmospheric conditions. This will not affectRover the reserved. performance of the lamps and will clear during normal operation. Landrights All Jaguar ©

51 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Interior lights

INTERIORInterior lights LIGHTS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

1. Front seat footwell lamps: Automatically 5. Rear seat footwell lamps: Automatically illuminate when the doors areLand opened. illuminate when the doors are opened. Unless Auto mode is switched off. rights Unless Auto mode is switched off. 2. Front reading lamps: Touch the left or right 6. Puddle lamps: Automatically illuminate hand side of the sensor lens brieflyAll to when the doors are opened. switch on/off. Unless Auto mode is switched off. 3. Front courtesyJaguar lamp: Touch the center of 7. Rear reading lamps: Touch the lens briefly the sensor lens briefly to switch on/off or to switch on/off. hold for approximately 5 seconds to switch © 8. Rear courtesy lamps: Controlled by the automatic illumination on/off. The lamp settings of the front interior lamp. will flash to confirm selection. 9. Loadspace lamp: Automatically illuminates In Auto mode the lamps will illuminate when the tailgate is opened. when a door is opened. Unless Auto mode is switched off. 4. Vanity mirror lamp: Slide the cover open/shut for on/off.

52 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Wipers and washers

WIPERWipers and washers OPERATION 5. Rear window wash/wipe. Press and hold to operate the rear washer and wiper. The wiper will operate for two further wipes after the button is released. After a few seconds a drip wipe will clear any residual water. 6. Single wipe of windshield, or hold down for further continuous wipes. 7. Windshield wash/wipe. Pull and hold to operate the front washers and wipers. The wipers will operate for three further wipes after the stalk is released.2013. After a few seconds a drip wipe will clear any residual water. 8. INT - rear wiper, intermittent operation. The intermittent delay period is controlled by adjusting the collar (1). The delay period Limitedand number of wipes will then be adjusted automatically depending on vehicle speed. 9. ON - rear wiper, continuous operation.

RoverDo not operate the windshield wipers on a dry 1. Rotate the collar to adjust the intermittent reserved.screen. period. The intermittent delay period will vary and is controlled by either vehicle In freezing or very hot conditions, ensure that speed or a rain sensorLand. The control must be the wipers have not stuck to the glass. Use the in position (4) to be operational.rights Winter park position and lift the wiper blades 2. High speed wipe. away from the screen. See 54, WINTER PARK 3. Low speed wipe. All POSITION. 4. In this position, intermittent wipe is controlled by either a rain sensor (see 54, Remove any snow, ice or frost from the screen, RAINJaguar SENSOR) or vehicle speed (see 54, around the wiper arms and blades and the SPEED-DEPENDENT MODE). The rain screen scuttle, before operating the wipers. ©sensor which is located at the upper edge Note: If wiper blades become stuck or jammed, of the windshield becomes active and will an electronic cut-out will temporarily halt wiper determine when the wipers are required to operation. If this happens, when safe to do so, operate. If the rain sensor is not enabled by switch off the wipers and the ignition. Clear any your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized obstructions and free the wiper blades, before Repairer, intermittent wipe will operate in attempting to switch on the ignition. conjunction with the setting of the control (1).

53 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Wipers and washers

Note: Front wipers will not operate while the To activate the rain sensitive wipers, move the hood is open. wiper stalk to the rain sensor position and adjust the sensitivity control as required (see Speed-dependent intermittent 53, WIPER OPERATION). When rain sensitive wipe on the front screen and wipers are activated and when sensitivity is intermittent wipe on the rear increased, a single wipe will operate. screen can be enabled/disabled by a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized HEADLAMP WASHERS Repairer. If the headlamps are on, and there is sufficient liquid in the washer reservoir, operating the Wipers service position will move the wipers screen wash will also power-wash the for wiper blade replacement. See 196, WIPERS headlamps. 2013. SERVICE POSITION. The headlamp power wash will operate on SPEED-DEPENDENT MODE every fifth operation of the screen washer, provided the headlamps are still switched on If vehicle speed drops below 5 mph (8 km/h) and approximately 10 minutes have elapsed with the wipers operating, the wipers will since the last headlamp wash. switch to the next lowest speed. When vehicle Switching Limitedthe headlamps or ignition off and speed increases to over 5 mph (8 km/h), the back on again, will reset the cycle. original wiper speed setting is restored automatically. Note: The headlamp washers are inhibited when the washer fluid reservoir level is low. This feature can be Rover enabled/disabled by your Land WINTERreserved. PARK POSITION Rover Retailer/Authorized The wipers can be set to park in a higher Repairer. position than normal. This allows the wiper Land blades to be lifted from the screen to prevent RAIN SENSOR rightsfreezing. The ‘Wipers winter park’ option can be selected from the Vehicle Set-Up menu. See Ensure that the wipers are switched off before 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU. entering a car wash. If the rain sensitiveAll wipers operate during the car washing process, damage mayJaguar occur to the wiper mechanism. The rain sensor is able to detect the presence and amount© of rain/dirt/snow on the windshield and automatically activates the windshield wipers accordingly. Static droplets may not be detected on initial start-up. A single wipe should be used to clear the screen.

54 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Windows

ELECTRICWindows WINDOWS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

1. Window switches: • To open a window:Land Press lightly at the If children are carried in the rear seats, the front of the switch and release.rights isolator switch should be used to prevent • To close a window: Pull-up lightly at operation of the windows. If the windows are the front of the switchAll and release. operated by young children there is a risk of • One touch open and close, press or serious injury or death. pull firmly at the front of the switch and 3. Panoramic roof blind switch: Jaguarrelease. • To open the blind: Press lightly at the ©Note: The windows will operate for 5 rear of the switch and release. minutes after the engine is switched off, as • To close the blind: Press lightly at the long as none of the doors are opened. front of the switch and release. 2. Rear window isolator button. • One touch open and close, press firmly Note: This will also isolate rear seat at the front or rear of the switch and adjustment. release. 4. Panoramic roof switch:

55 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Windows

If it is still necessary to raise the window or Wherever possible remove any snow, ice, dirt, close the sunroof, the override procedure is as and leaves etc. from the panoramic roof follows: mechanism before closing. Failure to do so 1. Attempt to close the window/sunroof, may damage the panoramic roof mechanism. anti-trap will prevent closure and lower the • Press lightly at the rear of the switch to window/open the sunroof slightly. tilt the roof. Once tilted, lightly press 2. Within 10 seconds attempt to raise the again to open the roof. window/close the sunroof again, anti-trap • From the fully open position, press will prevent closure and lower the lightly at the front of the switch to close window/open the sunroof slightly. to the tilt position, then press lightly 3. Attempt to close the window/sunroof2013. for a again to close fully. third time, this time hold the switch in the • One touch open and close, press firmly close position. Hold until closed. at the front or rear of the switch and Note: If this procedure fails to remove the release. blockage, the window operation may need to Note: The panoramic roof will operate for be reset. See 197, WINDOW RESET. 30 seconds after the ignition is turned off, Note: TheLimited sunroof anti-trap mechanism works provided that a front door is not opened. differently and does not require reset if activated. See 197, SUNROOF RESET. WINDOW ANTI-TRAP PROTECTION

Before closing a window or the sunroof, Roverreserved. ensure that no occupants have any part of their body in a position where it could be trapped. Even with an anti-trap system, death or serious injury could occur. Landrights

The anti-trap mechanism does not operate when closing the sunroof from theAll tilted position. The sunroof can cause serious injury shouldJaguar a body part become trapped. Always ensure that the sunroof is free from obstructions© before closing. Anti-trap protection will stop window or sunroof movement if an obstruction or resistance is detected. Check the window or sunroof and its aperture and remove any obstructions (e.g. ice, etc.).

56 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Mirrors

EXTERIORMirrors MIRRORS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

1. Left mirror adjustment. The mirrors can be adjusted and folded when 2. Right mirror adjustment. the ignition is on and for up to 5 minutes after Land the ignition is switched off, provided the 3. Press both switches together to fold/unfoldrights driver’s door is not opened. the mirrors. Press the appropriate button to select the Note: If the mirrors are manuallyAll folded or mirror to be adjusted (button indicator knocked into the folded position accidentally, illuminates), then use the joystick control to the mirror head will be loose. To re-engage the adjust the mirror glass. mechanism,Jaguar fold, then unfold the mirrors using the© switches. The mirrors can be configured by A thermal cut-out will temporarily disable the your Land Rover powerfold feature if the switches are operated Retailer/Authorized Repairer to repeatedly. automatically fold when the Powerfold will only operate if the vehicle is vehicle is locked, and unfold when stationary, or traveling at 12 mph (20 km/h) or it is unlocked. less.

57 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Mirrors

Note: If the mirrors were folded using the switches, they will not unfold when the vehicle is unlocked.

MIRROR DIP WHEN REVERSING Selecting reverse gear will cause the door mirrors to automatically adjust, providing an improved viewing angle for reversing. The exact dipped position can be adjusted when the mirrors are dipped. The next time reverse is selected, the newly adjusted position will be selected. 2013. When the gear selector is moved out of reverse, the mirrors will return to their previous position. Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 4 mph (7 km/h) in reverse, the mirrors will return to their Limited normal driving position for enhanced visibility. The automatic mirror dip feature can be enabled or disabled using the Vehicle Set-Up menu. See 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU. Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

58 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Blind spot monitoring

BLINDBlind spot monitoring SPOT MONITOR

The Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) system is a The radar sensors may be impaired by rain, supplement to, not a replacement for, a safe snow or road spray. This may affect the driving style and use of the exterior and system's ability to reliably detect a rear-view mirrors. The system may not vehicle/object within the blind spot. function under all speeds, weather and road The driver should not assume that the BSM conditions. will correct errors of judgement in driving. Please note that the BSM may not be able to give adequate warning of vehicles Do not attach stickers or objects to the rear approaching very quickly from behind or bumpers, that may interfere2013. with the radar vehicles that being overtaken rapidly. sensors. BSM may not be able to detect all vehicles Note: Ensure that the warning indicators in the and may also detect objects, such as exterior mirrors are not obscured by stickers or roadside barriers, etc. Drive safely at all other objects. times and use the exterior and rear view mirrors to avoid accidents. Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar

The© Blind Spot Monitor (BSM) system The system uses a radar on each side of the monitors a zone that covers the area adjacent vehicle to identify any overtaking vehicle/object to the vehicle, that is not easily visible by the within the blind spot area of the vehicle, while driver and is designed to identify any object disregarding other objects which may be overtaking the vehicle (3). stationary or travelling in the opposite direction, etc.

59 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Blind spot monitoring

If an object is identified by the system as being an overtaking vehicle/object, an amber warning icon (1) illuminates in the relevant exterior mirror, to alert the driver that there is a potential hazard in the vehicle's blind spot and therefore, that a lane change might be dangerous. The radar monitors the area extending from the exterior mirror rearwards, to approximately 20 feet (6 metres) behind the rear wheels, and up to 8.2 feet (2.5 metres) from the side of the vehicle (the width of a typical highway lane). 2013. Note: The system covers an area of a fixed lane width. If the lanes are narrower than a typical highway lane, objects travelling in non-adjacent lanes may be detected. BSM automatically switches on and becomes active when the vehicle is travelling at more Limited than 6 mph (10 km/h) in a forward gear. When the system initiates, it performs a self-check, during which the warning icons in the mirrors illuminate alternately for a short period of time. The indicator dot (2) remains illuminated untilRover reserved. forward vehicle speed exceeds 6 mph (10 km/h). Note: BSM is automatically turned off when reverse (R) gear is selected, whenLand the vehicle is in park (P), the vehicle is travelling below 10rights mph (16 km/h). Under these conditions, an amber warning indicator within theAll exterior mirror is displayed. BSM is designed to work most effectively when driving on multi-laneJaguar highways. Note: If© an overtaking vehicle is detected on both sides of the vehicle simultaneously, the warning icons in both mirrors will illuminate. Note: BSM is disabled when a trailer is attached.

60 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Blind spot monitoring

CLOSING VEHICLE DETECTION

2013.

In addition to the functionality provided by the Blind Spot Monitor, the closing vehicle The closing vehicle detection system is a detection system monitors a larger area behind supplement to, not a replacement for, a safe the vehicleLimited (1). If a vehicle is identified by the driving style and use of the exterior and system as being a rapidly approaching vehicle rear-view mirrors. The system may not (2), the amber warning icon will repeatedly function under all speeds, weather and road illuminate in the relevant mirror to indicate that conditions. Drive safely at all times and use there is a potential hazard and therefore, that a the exterior and rear view mirrors to avoid Roverlane change might be dangerous. When the accidents. reserved. vehicle reaches the area monitored by the Blind Spot Monitor (3), the amber warning icon will The radar sensors may be impaired by rain, illuminate continuously. snow or road spray. ThisLand may affect the The radar monitors the area extending from the system's ability to reliably detect anrights exterior mirror rearwards, to approximately approaching vehicle. (distance) behind the rear wheels, and up to The driver should not assumeAll that the closing (distance) from the side of the vehicle (the vehicle detection system will correct errors of width of a typical carriageway lane). judgement in driving. Note: The system covers an area of a fixed lane Jaguar width. If the lanes are narrower than a typical highway lane, objects travelling in Do not attach stickers or objects to the rear © non-adjacent lanes may be detected. bumpers, that may interfere with the radar sensors. Note: If a rapidly overtaking vehicle is detected on both sides of the vehicle simultaneously, the Note: Ensure that the warning indicators in the warning icons in both mirrors will flash. exterior mirrors are not obscured by stickers or other objects.

61 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Blind spot monitoring

BSM SENSORS Note: The manufacturer is not responsible for The BSM system will automatically disable if any radio or TV interference caused by either of the sensors become completely unauthorized modifications to this equipment. obscured, an amber warning indicator dot is Such modifications could void the user’s displayed in the exterior mirror and the authority to operate the equipment. message BLIND SPOT MONITOR SENSOR Canada BLOCKED appears in the message center. This device complies with Industry Canada Note: Blockage testing is only initiated when Standard IC - RSS-210. Operation is subject to vehicle speed is above 6 mph (10 km/h) and the following two conditions: will take at least two minutes of accumulated (1) this device may not cause interference, and time travelling above this speed, to determine (2) this device must accept any interference, that the sensor is blocked. 2013. including interference that may cause If the sensors become blocked, check that undesired operation of the device. there is nothing obscuring the rear bumper and Frequency of operation: 24.05GHz - 24.25GHz. that it is clear from ice, frost and dirt. Field strength: Not greater than 2.5V/m peak If a fault with one of the radar sensors is (0.25V/m average) at a distance of 3 metres. detected, an amber warning indicator dot is Limited displayed in the exterior mirror and the message BLIND SPOT MONITOR NOT AVAILABLE is displayed in the message center. Note: Even if the detected fault only affects the radar sensor on one side of the vehicle, the Rover whole system is disabled. If the fault is reserved. temporary, the system will operate correctly once the engine has been switched off and then on again. Land If a fault in the system occurs, consult yourrights Retailer/Authorized Repairer.

RADIO FREQUENCY SPECTRUMAll REGULATION STATEMENTS United StatesJaguar of America This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation© is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.

62 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Garage door opener

GARAGEGarage door opener DOOR TRANSCEIVER For further information, see 65, INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE United States of America Do not use the transceiver with any garage This device complies with part 15 of the FCC door opener that lacks the safety stop and rules. Operation is subject to the following two reverse feature as required by safety conditions: standards. (1) This device may not cause harmful interference, and When programing the transceiver to a garage (2) this device must accept any interference door opener or entry gate, ensure the area is received, including interference that may cause clear. This will prevent potential harm or undesired operation. 2013. damage as the gate or garage door will Canada activate during the program. This device complies with Industry Canada Standard IC - RSS-210. Operation is subject to This device may suffer from interference if the following two conditions: operated in the vicinity of a mobile or fixed station transmitter. This interference is likely to (1) thisLimited device may not cause interference, and affect the hand-held transmitter as well as the (2) this device must accept any interference, in-car transceiver. including interference that may cause The door transceiver is located in the rear-view undesired operation of the device. mirror. It can be programed to transmit the Note: Changes or modifications not expressly radio frequencies of up to three differentRover approved by the manufacturer could void the transmitters, which can be used to operate reserved.user’s authority to use the equipment. garage doors, entry gates, home lighting, security systems or other radio frequency BEFORE PROGRAMING operated devices. Land Although this section mainly describesrights the When programing a device that may require procedures for a garage door opener, it equally you to press and re-press the hand-held applies to the previously mentionedAll transmitter (cycle), unplug the device during applications. the cycling process to prevent possible motor In some countries, this feature is also known failure. as theJaguar HomeLink® Universal Transceiver. The For best results, fit a new battery to the transceiver radio frequency approval numbers hand-held transmitter of the garage door for© the USA and Canada are shown below: opener (or other device) before programing. If USA and Puerto Rico - FCC: K8597R315. your garage door opener receiver (located in Canada - CAN: 2145 101 790A. the garage) is equipped with an antenna, ensure that the antenna is hanging straight Note: HomeLink® is a registered trademark down. owned by the Johnson Controls, Inc. Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

63 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Garage door opener

PROGRAMING for approximately 1 to 2 seconds and then released. • If the indicator lamp blinks rapidly for two seconds and then illuminates continuously, proceed with the following programing instructions for rolling code device equipment.

TO ERASE ALL PROGRAMING For first time programing, ensure that the With the engine switched off; engine is switched off: 2013. 1. Ensure that the ignition system is on. 1. Ensure that the ignition is on (but with the 2. Hold the end of the original garage door engine switched off). opener hand-held transmitter 2 to 6 inches 2. Press and hold the two outer buttons on (50 to 150 mm) away from the transceiver the transceiver in the rear-view mirror. in the rear-view mirror, keeping the Keep the buttons pressed until the indicator lamp in view. indicatorLimited lamp begins to flash (this will take 3. Using both hands, simultaneously press approximately 20 seconds), then release and hold both the chosen transceiver the buttons. button on the rear-view mirror, as shown All memories in the garage door opener have above, and the hand-held transmitter now been cleared. button. Keep both buttons pressed. The indicator lamp will flash slowly at first andRover Note: Doreserved. not perform this procedure when then change to a fast flash. When the programing the additional garage door opener indicator lamp flashes rapidly, release both buttons. buttons. The rapid flashing lamp indicates successful programing. Land ROLLING CODE DEVICE EQUIPMENT 4. If, after 60 seconds, the indicator lamprights PROGRAMING does not flash rapidly, release both the Note: The assistance of a second person, may transceiver and the hand-held transmitterAll make the following steps quicker and easier. buttons and repeat the procedure starting Once the button has been pressed there are with Step 2. Position the hand-held only 30 seconds in which to complete Step 3. transmitterJaguar at a different angle and/or 1. At the garage door opener receiver (motor distance. head unit) in the garage, locate the learn or 5. Press© and hold the programed garage door smart button/switch. opener button and observe the indicator • The name of the button or switch may lamp. vary between manufacturers. • If the indicator is continuous, 2. Press and release the learn or smart programing is complete and your button. device should operate when the garage door opener button is pressed and held

64 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Garage door opener

3. Return to the vehicle and firmly press and INFORMATION AND ASSISTANCE hold the programed garage door opener button for two seconds and release. It is recommended that when you sell or 4. Repeat the press, hold, release sequence dispose of the vehicle, the programed three times to complete the programing transceiver buttons be erased for security process. purposes. The garage door opener in the rear-view mirror For information on the range of available should now activate the rolling code device. compatible products or accessories, or for assistance, you should contact your Land REPROGRAMING A SINGLE GARAGE Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer. DOOR OPENER BUTTON If you would like additional2013. information on the To program a device to a previously programed Homelink Universal Transceiver, compatible button: products or to purchase other accessories, 1. Press and hold the desired pre-programed contact your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized garage door opener button for at least 20 Repairer or you can also contact the Homelink seconds, but no longer than 30 seconds, helpline on 1-800-355-3515 or on the internet until the indicator lamp begins to flash. at www.homelink.comLimited . 2. Without releasing the rear-view mirror Note: Keep the original transmitter for future button, position the hand-held transmitter use or programing procedures if, for example, approximately 2 to 6 inches (50 to 150 you purchase a new vehicle. mm) away from the transceiver in the Note: The manufacturer is not responsible for rear-view mirror, keeping the indicatorRover reserved.any radio or TV interference caused by lamp in view. unauthorized modifications to this equipment. 3. Carry out Step 3 of Programing. Such modifications could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment. ENTRY GATE/CANADIANLand PROGRAMMING rights The technology of some entry gates requires you to press and re-press (cycle)All the hand-held transmitter button every two seconds during programing. ContinueJaguar to press and hold the desired rear-view© mirror button while you cycle your hand-held transmitter until the indicator lamp flashes rapidly.

65 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Warning lamps

WARNINGWarning lamps LAMPS AND INDICATORS ENGINE TEMPERATURE (RED) RED warning lamps are for primary warnings. Illuminates when the engine A primary warning must be investigated temperature is too high. The immediately by the driver or qualified message center will also display assistance before continuing. the message ENGINE OVERHEATING. AMBER and YELLOW warning lamps are for Stop the vehicle as soon as safety permits and secondary warnings. Some indicate that a seek qualified assistance before continuing. vehicle system is in operation, others indicate that the driver must take action and then seek LOW OIL PRESSURE (RED) qualified assistance as soon as possible. If the lamp flashes or illuminates GREEN and BLUE lamps within the instrument while driving, stop2013. the vehicle as panel indicate system status. soon as safety permits and switch off the engine immediately. Seek qualified LAMP CHECK assistance before continuing. A bulb check is initiated for some warning lamps when the ignition is switched on and BRAKE (RED) lasts for 3 seconds (except for the air bag Limited warning lamp which remains illuminated until USA. the engine is started). If any warning lamp remains on after this period, investigate the Canada. cause before driving. Some warning lamps have associated Rover messages, displayed in the message center. reserved. Illuminates briefly as a bulb check when the Note: Not all warning lamps are included in the ignition is switched on. If the lamp illuminates check (e.g. high beam headlamps and turn while driving, suspect low brake fluid level or a signals). Land fault with the Electronic Brake Distribution rights(EBD) system. CRITICAL WARNING MESSAGE (RED) Stop the vehicle as soon as safety permits and Illuminates when a criticalAll warning check and top-up the brake fluid, if necessary. message is available in the If the lamp remains illuminated, seek qualified messageJaguar center. assistance before continuing. GENERAL WARNING/INFORMATION PARKING BRAKE (RED) MESSAGE© (AMBER) USA. Illuminates when a non-critical warning message or an information message is available in the Canada. message center.

66 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Warning lamps

Illuminates when the parking brake is correctly BRAKE (AMBER) applied. If the lamp flashes, a fault has been detected. Seek qualified assistance urgently. USA.

BATTERY CHARGE (RED) Canada. Illuminates as a bulb check when the ignition is switched on and extinguishes when the engine is started. Illuminates briefly as a bulb check when the ignition is switched on. If the lamp illuminates If the lamp remains on or illuminates while after starting the engine or while driving, driving, there is a fault with the battery suspect worn brake pads2013. or a fault with the charging system. Seek qualified assistance Emergency Brake Assist (EBA) system. urgently. The vehicle can still be driven with care, but SEAT BELT (RED) seek qualified assistance urgently. Illuminates, accompanied by a DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL chime, when the vehicle is in (DSC)Limited (AMBER) motion and an occupied front seat belt is unbuckled. The lamp will extinguish Flashes when DSC is active. when the relevant seat belt is buckled. Note: Objects on the front passenger seat may activate the seat belt reminder. It is Rover recommended that any objects placed on the reserved.If there is a fault, it will remain illuminated and front passenger seat are secured using the seat the message center will display DSC NOT belt. See 31, USING THE SEAT BELTS. AVAILABLE. The vehicle can still be driven, but without DSC assistance. Seek qualified ENGINE/TRANSMISSIONLand (AMBER)rights assistance as soon as possible. Illuminates briefly as a bulb check DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL when the ignition is switched on. If the lamp illuminatesAll when the (DSC) OFF (AMBER) engine is running, there is an emissions related Illuminates when DSC is switched fault with the engine or transmission. The off. A chime will sound and the vehicleJaguar can be driven but may enter limp-home message center will display DSC mode with the possibility of reduced © OFF . performance. Seek qualified assistance as soon as possible. ANTI-LOCK BRAKING SYSTEM (ABS) If the warning lamp flashes while the engine is running, reduce speed and seek qualified (AMBER) assistance urgently. Illuminates briefly as a bulb check when the ignition is switched on.

67 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Warning lamps

If the lamp remains on or illuminates while AUTOMATIC SPEED LIMITER driving, there is a fault with the ABS system. (AMBER) Drive with care, avoiding heavy brake application and seek qualified assistance Illuminates when Automatic urgently. Speed Limiter is active.

AIR BAG (AMBER) FOLLOW MODE (AMBER) Illuminates as a bulb check when the ignition is switched on and Illuminates when the Adaptive extinguishes when the engine is cruise control system is in follow started. mode. 2013.

If the lamp illuminates when driving, there is a EXTERNAL TEMPERATURE (AMBER) fault with the air bag system. Seek qualified assistance as soon as possible. Illuminates when the external temperature is low enough that ice ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM Limitedmay be present on the road. (AMBER) TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING Illuminates when there is a system fault. The headlamps will still SYSTEM (YELLOW) operate, but without this feature The warning lamp illuminates, operating correctly. Seek qualified assistanceRover reserved. accompanied by a message in the as soon as possible. message center, to warn that one or more tires are significantly under-inflated. REAR FOG LAMP (AMBER) Stop the vehicle as soon as possible, check the Land tire pressures and inflate to the recommended Illuminates when the rear fog rightspressure. lamps are switched on. The lamp will flash to indicate a system fault. All LOW FUEL WARNING (AMBER) HIGH BEAM (BLUE)

JaguarIlluminates when the remaining Illuminates when the high beam fuel is low. Refuel at the earliest headlamps are switched on or © opportunity. flashed.

The arrow shows which side of the vehicle to FRONT FOG LAMPS (GREEN) locate the fuel filler cap. Illuminates when the front fog lamps are switched on.

68 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Warning lamps

SIDE LAMPS (GREEN) FORWARD ALERT (GREEN)

Illuminates when the side lights Illuminates when Forward alert is are switched on. active

HIGH BEAM ASSIST (GREEN) TRAILER DIRECTION INDICATORS (GREEN) Illuminates when the auto high beam feature has switched on the Illuminates as a bulb check when high beams. the ignition is switched on and extinguishes2013. when the engine is TURN SIGNALS (GREEN) started. The appropriate warning lamp will flash when the column stalk is If a trailer is attached, the warning lamp will moved up or down to signal a turn. flash in conjunction with the turn signal If a direction indicator bulb fails, the audible warning lamp. If the lamp fails to flash, the turn ticking and warning lamp will sound and flash signal indicator bulb on the trailer may be at twice the normal rate, when that direction faulty.Limited indicator is selected.

HILL DESCENT CONTROL (GREEN)

Illuminates continuously whenRover reserved. HDC is selected and HDC operating conditions are met.

If the lamp flashes, HDC hasLand been selected, but the operating conditions are not beingrights met or HDC fade-out is occurring. All LOW RANGE (GREEN)

JaguarIlluminates when Low range has © been selected. CRUISE CONTROL (GREEN)

Illuminates when cruise control or Adaptive cruise control is active.

69 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Instrument panel

INSTRUMENTInstrument panel PANEL

2013.

1. Tachometer. 8. Gear selectorLimited position display. 2. Clock. 9. Temperature gauge: 3. Message center. 4. External temperature. Serious engine damage can occur if the vehicle 5. Speedometer. Roveris drivenreserved. while the engine is overheating. 6. Fuel gauge: If the pointer moves into the H section at the top of the scale, the engine is overheating. Stop the vehicle as soon as Never allow the engine to run outLand of fuel. The safety permits and allow the engine to idle resultant misfire can seriously damage therights until the temperature reduces. If, after catalytic convertor. several minutes, the temperature does not If the amber low fuel warning lamp reduce, switch off the engine and allow to illuminates, the vehicle should beAll refuelled cool. If the problem persists, seek qualified as soon as possible. The approximate assistance immediately. distance Jaguarthat can be travelled on the Note: If engine overheating occurs, there remaining fuel can be viewed via the trip may be a noticeable reduction in engine computer© Distance to Empty function. See power and the air conditioning may cease 72, TRIP COMPUTER. operation. This is a normal operating As a reminder for the location of the fuel strategy, to reduce load on the engine and filler, there is an arrow next to the fuel assist with engine cooling. pump symbol pointing to the relevant side of the vehicle. 7. Total distance (odometer) and trip recorder.

70 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Instrument panel

INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU WARNING AND INFORMATION MESSAGES

Do not ignore warning messages. Take appropriate action and, when necessary, seek qualified assistance before driving the vehicle. Failure to do so could result in failure of vehicle systems potentially causing loss of control and an accident. 2013. If the message is suppressed, an amber or red warning icon will remain illuminated until the cause of the message is rectified. For information regarding the individual messages, their meanings, and any action required,Limited please refer to the relevant section within this handbook. If more than one message is active, each is displayed in turn for 2 seconds in order of priority. Roverreserved.Note: Messages are displayed in order of importance, with critical warning messages A number of vehicle features and display being the highest priority. settings may be configured via the instrument Warning messages may be accompanied by an panel menu. Land audible warning, and the message text may To display and navigate through the instrumentrights have the handbook symbol next to it. Warning panel menu, operate the menu control on the messages are displayed until the condition steering wheel. All causing the fault is rectified or the message is suppressed using the OK button on the 1. Steering wheel menu control. steering wheel. If the message is suppressed, a 2. CloseJaguar and return to main menu. warning icon will remain illuminated until the 3. Access the vehicle driving features menu. cause of the message is rectified. 4.©Access the trip computer menu. 5. Access the instrument display menu. 6. Access the vehicle set-up menu. 7. Access the vehicle service menu. Note: Only available before the engine starts.

71 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Instrument panel

TRIP COMPUTER To reset the trip computer values to zero, press The computer memory stores data for a and hold the i button for 2 seconds. journey or series of journeys until it is reset to To reset the fuel consumption value, press and zero. The displayed information is for guidance hold the i button until the display clears. only, as it can be affected by traffic, road and The distance, average speed and average fuel weather conditions. economy values for trip A and trip B can be There are 3 trip memories available, A, B and reset. Set the trip computer display to show the Auto. You can specify which trip memory is trip that you wish to reset, then press and hold viewable using the cluster menu. the i button until the message resetting trip is displayed. USING THE TRIP COMPUTER It is not possible to manually reset2013. the Auto trip memory. This resets automatically each time the ignition is switched on. Trips may be added together, to record a continuous journey, or removed. Press the i button for longer than 1 second, when Auto trip memory valuesLimited for distance, average speed and average fuel economy are displayed, then adding last journey or removing last journey will appear on the screen. Press the i button for longer than 1 second, and the previous trip information will be added to or removed from Roverthe currentreserved. trip and the new total will be displayed. There is no limit to the number of times this can be done before the ignition is Land switched off. rightsTRIP DISTANCE A short press (1 second or less) or a series of Distance travelled since the last memory reset. short presses of the i button will changeAll the The maximum trip reading is 9 999.9 (miles or trip computer display. The options available kilometers). The computer will automatically are: Jaguar reset to zero if this distance is exceeded. • Date and Odometer. RANGE • Trip© distance. This shows the predicted distance (miles or • Trip average speed. kilometers) that the vehicle should travel on the • Trip average fuel consumption. remaining fuel, assuming fuel consumption • Instantaneous (short term average) fuel stays constant. consumption. • Range available from remaining fuel. • Blank display.

72 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Instrument panel

IMPERIAL/METRIC/MIXED DISPLAY The trip computer readings can be changed between metric, imperial and mixed units in the Trip Computer menu of the message center. See 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU. Note: Temperature display can be changed between °F (Fahrenheit) and °C (Celsius) independently of Imperial or Metric units.

SERVICE INTERVAL INDICATOR An upcoming service interval will be notified to 2013. the driver via the message center, as either a distance or time left until service is due. Once the distance or time are exceeded, the display will show a negative value (-) to indicate that a service is overdue. One or both types of service interval (distance Limited and time) may be displayed.

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

73 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Touch screen

TOUCHTouch screen SCREEN HOME MENU

2013.

Limited 2. Press to select the touch screen Setup menu. When Park Assist is fitted, this icon Do not adjust the touch screen controls, or is changed and the button should be allow the system to distract the driver, while pressed to activate Park Assist. the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can lead to accidents, causing serious injury or Rover3. Pressreserved. to select the Home menu. death. 4. Touch to select Valet mode. During menu mode, the icon is changed to the Back soft key, touch to return to the previous screen Always run the engine during prolonged use of displayed the touch screen. Prolonged useLand will cause the battery to discharge. rights5. Touch to select the touch screen Setup menu. Do not use excessive pressure whenAll selecting 6. Touch or press to select the Audio/Video items on the touch screen. menu, see 143, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS. Jaguar 7. Touch or press to select the On road Navigation menu. Current set destination Avoid spilling or splashing liquids onto the is displayed. touch screen.© 8. While navigation is operating, touch to 1. Press to turn on/off the screen. When repeat the last given navigation instruction. proximity cameras are fitted, this icon is During a phone call, the icon is changed. changed and the button will turn cameras Touch to end the call. on/off. 9. Touch to adjust time/date. 10. Touch to select Mode menu. 11. Touch or press to select the Phone menu.

74 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Touch screen

12. Press to select the Extra features menu. TOUCH SCREEN CARE 13. To change the shortcuts, see 75, TOUCH SCREEN SETUP. Do not use abrasive cleaners to clean the touch screen. For approved screen cleaners, contact TOUCH SCREEN USE your Retailer/Authorized Repairer.

TOUCH SCREEN SETUP Do not adjust the touch screen controls, or allow the system to distract the driver, while Select Set-up from the Home menu. the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can The setup screen is divided into categories: lead to accidents, causing injury or death. • Screen • System 2013. Always run the engine during prolonged use of • Voice the touch screen. Prolonged use will cause the • Audio battery to discharge. SCREEN SETTINGS Do not use excessive pressure when selecting VolumeLimited pop-up: Display Volume pop-up items on the touch screen. on/off. Screensaver: Change screensaver. Avoid spilling or splashing liquids onto the Time out home: Sub menu selection screens touch screen. can be set to revert to the Home menu after a Roverreserved.pre-determined length of time. TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY ICONS Theme: Changes appearance of the touch Touch screen display icons are as follows (they screen soft keys. may not all be displayed at the same time): Land SYSTEM SETTINGS Audio/Video: Touch to selectrights the Audio/Video menu. Button feedback: Select to turn the soft key confirmation tone on/off. Climate: Touch to select the All Clock adjust: Select 12 or 24 clock. Set current Climate control menu. time. Select Date to change the date, or to alter JaguarNavigation: Touch to select the the date format. Select Set to store new Navigation menu. settings. © Back soft key: Touch to return to Note: The clock can also be adjusted from the the previous screen displayed. touch screen time display. Home menu shortcuts: Select up to two items from the displayed list to appear as shortcuts on the Home menu. Select Clear to deselect highlighted items.

75 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Touch screen

Language: Select the required language. • Feedback volume: Adjust using the +/- Select Male or Female voice. Touch Change to buttons. It is not possible to reduce the select alternatives for Voice and text displays. volume to zero. Follow the on-screen instructions to confirm. • Voice training: Select to access the voice Note: Some languages are not yet available for system training program, designed to both System display text and Voice control. In enable the system to better recognise the this event, it will be necessary to select a vocal characteristics of a user. separate language for Voice control. Select User 1 or User 2 and follow the Volume presets: Adjust volume for the on-screen and audible instructions. See available systems (announcements, parking 166, VOICE TRAINING. aid, phone, voice etc.). The training session can be cancelled at any time by touching the on-screen2013. pop-up or by VOICE SETTINGS pressing and holding the Voice button on the • Command list: View the categories and the steering wheel. See 165, USING VOICE acceptable voice commands. CONTROL. Select an Information button to view alternative function commands. SELECTINGLimited VALET MODE • Voicetags: View the categories. Select a Valet mode allows the vehicle to be locked by a category to manage the voicetags for the parking attendant, without giving access to the chosen system. See 166, VOICETAGS. loadspace and glove box. Valet mode also prevents operation of the touch screen, to • Operating guide: View brief Voice system prevent access to telephone numbers or instructions. Select Voice tutorial for more Rovernavigation addresses. detailed instructions (cancel via the reserved. displayed pop-up or by pressing and 1. From the Home menu, select Valet. holding the voice button). 2. If you wish to cancel the PIN, select • Preferences: Select to alterLand the following Delete. If the PIN is cancelled, or settings: rightsincorrectly entered, you will be prompted • Voice profile: The voice system can be to enter the PIN again. trained to have a greater recognition of 3. Valet on is displayed to indicate that the a particular voice or accent.All The default PIN has been accepted. The loadspace and setting is Standard. To build a voice glove box are now securely locked in Valet profileJaguar for either User 1 or User 2, it is mode. necessary to complete a training 4. Valet mode activated is displayed to ©program first. indicate that the PIN has been accepted. To complete the training for the first The luggage compartment is now securely time, select either User 1 or User 2 and locked in Valet mode and the Valet mode On follow the on-screen and audible screen is displayed. instructions. • Voice feedback: Select On/Off.

76 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Touch screen

DESELECTING VALET MODE 1. When you re-enter the vehicle, select the Valet mode screen. 2. Enter your four digit PIN and touch the OK button. Valet mode deactivated is displayed to indicate that your PIN has been accepted. • The loadspace will return to the previously set security requirement. • The touch screen will be enabled. Note: If the PIN is forgotten, Valet mode can 2013. only be deactivated by your Retailer/Authorized Repairer.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

77 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Heating and ventilation

CLIMATEHeating and ventilation CONTROL

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Press the CLIMATE hard key to access the 7. Rest heat: With the engine switched off, climate control touch screen menu. press to operate. With a warm engine, it is 1. Climate control settings menu.Land possible to provide cabin heating, by using rightsthe residual heat from the engine. This 2. Front heated/climate seat menu. facility can be selected for up to 15 minutes 3. Climate control system on/off.All after the engine is switched off and will 4. Synchronize driver and passenger climate operate until the engine cools. zone settings.Jaguar 8. AUTO mode. For fully automatic operation. 5. Distribute air to windshield. 9. Show climate control menu. 6. Air© distribution. 10. Temperature controls. For individual Note: More than one setting may be driver/passenger settings. selected at a time to achieve the desired 11. Maximum defrost program. distribution. 12. Maximum air conditioning program. 13. Heated windshield. The heated windshield will deactivate after a predetermined length of time.

78 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Heating and ventilation

14. Heated rear screen. The heated rear screen AUTOMATIC RECIRCULATION will deactivate after a predetermined length If an air quality sensor is fitted, the climate of time. control system will monitor exterior air pollution and humidity and select recirculation Do not attach labels to the rear screen. Do not if either reaches a predetermined level. This scrape or use abrasive materials to clean the feature only operates when the climate control inside of the screen. system is in AUTO mode. The sensitivity of the 15. Air conditioning. air quality sensor can be set via the touch screen. See 79, AIR QUALITY SENSOR. 16. Recirculation. Press for timed recirculation. Press and hold for latched Pressing the recirculation button will (continuous) recirculation. To cancel deactivate automatic recirculation.2013. recirculation, press the button again. AIR QUALITY SENSOR Note: Prolonged use at low temperatures may cause the windows to fog. The sensitivity of the air quality sensor can be adjusted using the touch screen: 17. Blower speed control. In manual mode, the current speed selection is indicated in the 1. Select Settings from the Climate menu. integrated screen on the blower speed 2. LimitedTouch the +/- buttons on the screen to control. Rotate fully anti-clockwise to increase/decrease sensitivity. switch off climate control. To switch off air quality sensing, decrease 18. Rear climate menu. sensitivity to the minimum setting. Note: The indicator lamps in the switches will illuminate when the function is selected.Roverreserved. The auto recirculation icon appears on the touch screen when Note: In low temperatures it is advisable to the air quality sensor is switched close the center face level vent and direct air on. flow from the outer face level vents towards the side windows. This will helpLand to keep the windows clear of ice. rights CLIMATE SEATS Note: The climate control system removes Note: The climate seats will only operate when moisture from the air and depositsAll the excess the engine is running. water beneath the vehicle. Puddles may form Seat climate is controlled from the Home or but this is normal and no cause for concern. Climate menus on the touch screen or by the Jaguar climate and seat menu hard keys. See 24, © MASSAGE SEATS Note: The Front seats menu will be displayed. Heated ventilation: • Touch the up arrow icon to switch heated ventilation on at maximum (3 red bars). • Touch the down arrow icon once or twice to reduce the ventilation setting (2 and 1 red bars).

79 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Heating and ventilation

• Touch the down arrow a third time to switch off seat ventilation. Cooled ventilation: • Touch the down arrow icon to switch cooled ventilation on at maximum (3 blue bars). • Touch the up arrow icon once or twice to reduce the ventilation setting (2 and 1 blue bars). • Touch the up arrow a third time to switch off seat ventilation. 2013. Seat zone selection: • Constant selection of the Seat zone soft key will scroll through the 3 choices of seat zone; full seat, cushion or back rest only. Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

80 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Heating and ventilation

SEAT MASSAGE

2013.

Limited

Note: Seat massage will only operate when the 5. Touch to end the program. engine is running. 6. Touch to display a menu which allows the Seat massage may not operate when theRover reserved. driver's seat Auto massage to be switched vehicle interior temperature is below 32°F or On or Off and to set the Time delay from the above 122°F (0°c or 50°c respectively). start of the journey to 5, 15, 30 or 60 Seat massage is controlled through the touch minute intervals. screen. Either: Land After 10 minutes, the seat massage will stop 1. Press to display the Front Climaterights menu. automatically. Touch the Seats soft key, then touch the Massage soft key or; All 2. Press to display the Front seats pop-up menu. Then touch the Massage soft key. • JaguarThe pop-up menu screens will overlay © the current screen. They will time out after a short period and the previous menu screen will be displayed. 3. Touch to display the desired seat massage program. Constant selection will scroll through the 5 different programs. 4. Touch to vary the intensity of the selected program.

81 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Heating and ventilation

REAR CLIMATE CONTROL

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

There are 2 types of rear climate control: 3 Climate seats allows heating and Zone and 4 Zone. All of the 3 zoneLand controls will cooling temperature control. affect the whole of the rear passenger rights compartment. The 4 Zone allows independent control of each side. Note: More than one setting at a time may be All selected to achieve the desired air distribution. To access the rear climate touch screen menu, select Rear climate from the front climate 1. Air distribution to feet. Press to switch menu. on/off. Switch indicator illuminates when Jaguar on. Note: When DEFROST is selected at the front, rear control© is suspended until the defrost 2. Air distribution to face. Press to switch program ends. on/off. Switch indicator illuminates when on. There are also 2 types of seat cushion temperature controls. 3. Temperature controls. Rotate to adjust between (59°F - 83°F [16°C - 28°C]). The Seat heat allows heating temperature settings are displayed on the temperature control. Touch screen, Rear climate menu. 4. Blower speed control. Rotate to adjust.

82 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Heating and ventilation

5. Press AUTO to select full auto mode In addition to the selectable controls, the rear operation. The system will adjust the heat climate menu displays symbols that indicate output, blower speed, air intake and airflow the status of heating and ventilation functions. distribution to maintain the selected Note: If the climate control system is switched temperature(s) without further off, pressing a rear AUTO button will switch the adjustments. The air distribution and climate control system on. blower controls may be operated independently to override auto mode. If you do this, the indicator lamp on the switch will go out. Press again to return to full auto mode operation. 6. Seat heat/Climate seats temperature 2013. controls. Select the upper switch to increase and the lower switch to decrease. The 3 bar light display shows temperature status. 7. Touch to select AUTO mode on/off. 8. Temperature controls. Select the red arrow Limited to increase and the blue arrow to decrease. The temperature settings are displayed above the arrows. 9. Air distribution to feet. Touch to switch on/off. Roverreserved. 10. Air distribution to face. Touch to switch on/off. 11. Blower speed control.Land Touch left or right to adjust. rights 12. Blower speed indicator. 13. Touch REAR SEATS to adjustAll the Seat heat/Climate seats temperature settings. 14. Touch REAR PANEL LOCK to disable the rearJaguar climate control switches, to prevent the rear passengers from adjusting the rear ©climate settings. Select again to re-enable the controls. 15. Touch CLIMATE OFF to exit the Rear climate menu. 16. Touch FRONT CLIMATE to open the Front climate menu.

83 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Load carrying

LOADSPACELoad carrying COVER

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar © maneuver, loose objects can cause serious injury or death. Do not store the loadspace cover loose in the vehicle. 1. To fold the loadspace cover, push firmly down and forwards. 2. Lift slightly and fold forwards. Never place objects on top of the loadspace cover. During an accident or sudden

84 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Load carrying

3. Pull the whole assembly rearwards to disconnect the locating pins. Remove and store safely. 4. If removal from inside the vehicle is necessary, a head restraint may require removal. From the rear seat, push firmly down on the furthest edge of the cover while pulling it towards the rear seats. The cover will concertina fold allowing access to the loadspace area. 2013. 5. To refit the cover, place the assembly in position, engage the pins in the sockets and press firmly to lock the assembly in position. 6. If required, pull the outer edge towards the rear to cover the loadspace area. Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

85 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Load carrying

LUGGAGE DIVIDER A luggage divider kit is provided to assist with safely securing items of luggage to the loadspace floor.

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

86 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Load carrying

Floor mounted luggage rails provide a full LUGGAGE ANCHOR POINTS width mounting channel that will accommodate a flexible retracting band and/or a solid telescopic divider to retain soft and hard All items carried in the loadspace area luggage of all shapes and sizes. should be properly secured. If the vehicle is 1. Press and pull to adjust length required of involved in an accident, subject to sudden retracting band. braking or change of direction, loose items can cause serious injury. 2. Adjust divider to length required. 3. Unlock required lashing eye, attach the luggage band/divider to lashing eye. 4. With the lashing eye in the unlocked 2013. position, press the button and slide to the required position in the luggage rail. 5. Lock lashing eye when in required position. 6. To remove luggage band/divider from lashing eye, unlock lashing eye and press the lock/unlock button and release. Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar

© 1. To assist in safely securing large items of luggage, four lashing eyes are located in the rear loadspace floor. 2. If adjustable lashing eyes are fitted, first turn the locking button anti-clockwise to unlock. Press the button and slide to the required position in the luggage rail. Release the button to latch into position.

87 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Load carrying

Move the lashing eye slightly until you hear a click. The lashing eye is now secured. Turn the button clockwise to lock. Note: A range of approved luggage retention accessories are available from your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer.

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

88 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Towing

TOWINGTowing WEIGHTS

Maximum permissible towing weights Unbraked trailers 1654 lbs (750 kg) Trailers with overrun brakes 7716 lbs (3500 kg) Unrestricted tongue weight* 331 lbs (150 kg) Restricted tongue weight** 550 lbs (250 kg) Tongue mounted accessories (e.g. cycle rack) 176 lbs (80 kg)

Note: * If the vehicle is loaded to Gross Vehicle TRAILER ELECTRICAL CONNECTION Weight (GVW). 2013. See 210, WEIGHTS, for details of the GVW, Connect only approved electrical circuits, Gross train weight, axle weights and maximum which are in good condition, to the trailer payload. electrical socket. Note: **When calculating rear axle loading, When a trailer electrical connection remember that the trailer tongue weight, the Limitedis made, and the vehicle’s turn load in the vehicle's luggage area, weight on signals are used, the trailer warning the roof rack, and the weight of rear seat lamp will flash in time with the turn signals. passengers must all be considered. These combined weights must never exceed the GVW or the individual axle maximum loads. Land Rover approved trailer electrical Note: If a trailer with over-run brakes isRover used, reserved.connectors will disable the automatic tongue weight can be increased to 250kg off-road height selections requested by the (550lb). Vehicle payload MUST be reduced by Terrain response. at least 100kg (220lb) to ensure that GVW and rear axle weights are not Landexceeded. rights TOWING A TRAILER

All Do not exceed the GVW, maximum rear axle weight, maximum towing equipment tongue load, maximum trailer weight or tow hitch Jaguar load (tongue weight). Exceeding any of these limits could cause instability and loss of © control.

Never use towing eyes or lashing points to tow a trailer. They have not been designed for this purpose and doing so may cause them to fail, resulting in injury or death.

89 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Towing

When towing a trailer over 4,400 lb (2,000 kg), a smoother start can be achieved by moving off When towing, do not exceed 60 mph (100 in Low range then changing to High range km/h), or 50 mph (80 km/h) if the temporary while on the move. See 105, RANGE spare wheel is in use. CHANGING ON THE MOVE.

To preserve handling and stability, only fit The use of weight distribution hitches are not Land Rover approved towing accessories. recommended.

TRAILER STABILITY ASSIST (TSA) Never exceed the maximum weights for either the vehicle, or the trailer. Doing so can Note: This feature may not operate2013. with all cause accelerated wear and damage to the trailer designs. vehicle. It can also adversely affect vehicle stability and braking which in turn can lead to Trailer Stability Assist (TSA) will not operate in loss of control and increased braking the event of the trailer jack-knifing. distance, resulting in a rollover or crash. The ability Limitedof the system may be reduced when The tongue weight of the vehicle’s load travelling on slippery surfaces. carrying area and rear seat passengers, must TSA is an automatic feature to assist the never exceed the specified maximum rear stability of a trailer when towing. If trailer sway axle load. Exceeding allowable vehicle and is detected, engine power will be gradually axle loads will increase the risk of tire and Roverreducedreserved. and the brakes applied to help regain suspension failure, increase vehicle brake control. stopping distance and adversely affect Note: TSA will not operate when DSC is vehicle handling and stability. This may switched off. result in a crash or rollover. Land rightsESSENTIAL TOWING CHECKS To avoid overheating the gearbox, it is not advisable to tow heavy trailer loadsAll at speeds of less than 21 mph (32 km/h) in High range. Do not loop the breakaway cable over the tow Select Low range instead. hitch as it may slide off. Note: It is theJaguar driver’s responsibility to ensure that the© towing vehicle and trailer are being Do not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight used correctly in accordance with (GVW), maximum rear axle weight, manufacturer’s recommendations and any maximum trailer weight, or tongue weight. applicable legislation, including the use of the Exceeding any of these limits could cause correct size towing hitch for the trailer. instability and loss of control. • When calculating the laden weight of the trailer, remember to include the weight of the trailer, plus the weight of the load.

90 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Towing

• If the load can be divided between the Hitch height must be set with the engine vehicle and trailer, loading more weight running, so that the caravan/trailer is level into the vehicle will generally improve when connected to the vehicle. stability. Do not exceed the vehicle's Note: All doors must remain closed when weight limits. hitching a trailer. • For maximum stability ensure that loads are properly secured and unable to shift FITTING THE MULTI-HEIGHT DROP position during transit. Also, position loads PLATE TOW BALL so that most of the weight is placed close to the floor and, where possible, immediately above or close to the trailer axle(s). 2013. • To maintain vehicle stability, it is essential that a twin-axle trailer is loaded so that it remains parallel to the ground. • Increase rear tire pressures of the towing vehicle to those for maximum GVW conditions. See 222, TIRE PRESSURES Limited • Ensure trailer tire pressures are set to trailer manufacturer's recommendations. • If the vehicle is loaded to the maximum GVW, tongue weight is limited to 331 lbs (150 kg). See 210, WEIGHTS. Roverreserved. • If a greater tongue weight is required, the weight can be increased by up to an extra 220 lb (100 kg) but the vehicle load must be reduced by the sameLand amount. This ensures that the GVW and maximumrights rear axle load are not exceeded and also allows for a maximum tongue weightAll of 550 lb (250 kg). • Make sure that a suitable breakaway cable and/orJaguar safety chains are used. Refer to the trailer manufacturer's instructions for ©guidance. • Make sure that the tow hitch is secure. • Check the operation of all trailer lights. • Tongue weight must be a minimum of 4% of gross caravan/trailer weight. The tow ball/draw bar is heavy, care must be taken when handling it.

91 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Towing

Never leave the tow bar loose in the vehicle. It could become a projectile in the event of heavy braking or an accident. 1. The drop plate tow bar is stored in a bag and should be strapped to an anchorage point in the rear stowage area. Remove the plastic cover from the tow bar mounting and stow safely. 2. Insert the tow bar assembly into the receiver. 2013. 3. Insert the securing bar. 4. Insert the straight part of the securing pin into the securing bar and push down firmly. Ensure that the pin is locked in position. 5. If the tow ball/hitch height is adjustable, Limited remove the fixing bolts. 6. Move the tow ball/hitch to an alternative position on the drop plate and refit the bolts. Tighten to 170 Nm. Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

92 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Storage compartments

STORAGEStorage compartments COMPARTMENTS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

93 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Storage compartments

Ensure that any items stored in the vehicle are secure and cannot move. If the vehicle is involved in an accident, or subject to sudden braking or direction change, loose items can cause serious injury. 1. Front cup holders: Slide open the panel to access. Press and release to close. 2. Storage bins. 3. Glovebox. 4. Lower glovebox. 2013. 5. Center console storage/cool box. Note: The rubber mat at the bottom of the center console is designed to hold CD cases. 6. Cool box: Switch on and off using the Limited switch on the inside front lip. There is a short delay between pressing the switch and illumination of the indicator. The cool box will work best when the cooling tray is used. Roverreserved. Note: The cool box will only operate with the ignition turned on.

The cool box should be switchedLand off when it is not needed, to preserve battery charge. rights 7. Rear seat cup holders: Fold the center armrest down. All 8. Map pockets. Jaguar ©

94 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Storage compartments

Storage compartments - Business class

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

1. Front cup holders: Slide open the panel to 3. Glovebox. access. Press and release to close. 4. Lower glovebox. 2. Storage bins.

95 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Storage compartments

5. Front and rear cool box: Switch on and off using the switch on the inside front lip. There is a short delay between pressing the switch and illumination of the indicator. The cool box will work best when the cooling tray is used. Note: The cool box will only operate with the ignition turned on.

The cool box should be switched off when it is not needed, to preserve battery charge. 2013. 6. Rear seat cup holders: Slide open the panel to access. Press and release to close. 7. Map pockets. Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

96 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Storage compartments

Auxiliary power sockets

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

1. Glovebox power socket. 4. Rear power sockets. 2. Front power socket. 5. Loadspace power socket. 3. Front power socket.

97 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Storage compartments

Auxiliary power sockets - Business class

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

1. Glovebox power socket. 4. Power socket. 2. Power socket. 5. Loadspace power socket. 3. Power socket.

98 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Storage compartments

Only use Land Rover approved accessories. Using any other equipment may damage the vehicle's electrical system. If you are in any doubt contact a Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairer.

The engine should be running when using accessories for long periods. Failure to do so can discharge the battery. Note: Power sockets can be used to power 2013. approved accessories that use a maximum of 180 Watts.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

99 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Starting the engine

STARTINGStarting the engine THE ENGINE While the vehicle is moving:

It is not advisable to switch off the engine while Never start the engine and leave it running the vehicle is moving. However, if a situation when the vehicle is in an enclosed space. arises where engine switch off is urgent, the Exhaust gasses are poisonous and can cause following procedure applies: unconsciousness and death if inhaled. 1. Press and hold the engine START/STOP button for 2 seconds, or If the engine fails to start, do not continue 2. Press and release the engine START/STOP cranking as this will discharge the battery. It button twice within 2 seconds. may also damage the catalytic convertor due to unburnt fuel passing through the exhaust. 2013. SWITCHING ON THE IGNITION Note: The Smart Key may not be detected if it is placed within a metal container or if it is shielded by a device with a back-lit LCD screen, such as a smart phone, laptop (including when inside a laptop bag), games console etc. Keep the Smart Key clear of such devices when Limited attempting Keyless entry or Keyless starting. To start the engine. 1. Ensure that a valid Smart Key is inside the vehicle. Rover 2. Ensure that Park (P) or Neutral (N) is reserved. selected. 3. Firmly depress the brake pedal. 4. Press and release the engineLand START/STOP button. rights Once the engine has started, the brake pedal can be released if it is safe to do so.All SWITCHING OFF THE ENGINE While the vehicleJaguar is stationary: 1. Ensure© that the vehicle is parked with Park (P) selected and the parking brake applied. 2. Press and release the engine START/STOP button. To switch on the ignition without starting the engine. 1. Ensure the brake pedal is not depressed and that a valid Smart Key is inside the vehicle.

100 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Starting the engine

2. Press and hold the engine START/STOP button until the warning lamps illuminate. 3. Release the engine START/STOP button.

If the brake pedal is applied when the engine START/STOP button is pressed, the engine will start.

ROLLING RE-START A rolling restart can be initiated by selecting Neutral (N) and pressing the engine 2013. START/STOP button.

KEYLESS START BACKUP If the vehicle has been unlocked using the emergency key blade or the Smart Key is not detected by the vehicle, it will be necessary to Limited use the keyless start backup to disarm the alarm and start the engine. 1. Position the Smart Key flat against the side of the steering column with the buttons The keyless start backup can only be used facing outwards. when the message Smart Key Not Found - Refer to Handbook is displayed in the messageRover reserved. Note: The steering column has markings center. on the side to aid placement of the Smart Key. 2. Firmly depress the brake pedal. Land 3. Press and release the engine START/STOP rights button. Once the engine has started, the brake pedal All can be released if it is safe to do so. If the Smart Key is not recognized, or the engine still fails to start, consult a Land Rover Jaguar Retailer/Authorized Repairer. © IF THE ENGINE FAILS TO START Note: If the engine fails to crank when the engine START/STOP button is pressed and there has been a recent collision, the fuel system inertia switch may have been tripped. Seek qualified assistance.

101 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Starting the engine

Make sure that the brake pedal is not depressed. Switch on the ignition (see 100, SWITCHING ON THE IGNITION) and check the instrument panel for warning lights and the message center for warning messages (see 70, INSTRUMENT PANEL). Seek qualified assistance if necessary. Switch off the ignition. To reset the immobiliser and alarm system use the valid Smart Key to lock and unlock the vehicle (see 9, UNLOCKING THE VEHICLE). 2013. Note: The following information applies to gasoline engine vehicles only. If the engine persistently fails to start. 1. Make sure that a valid Smart Key is inside the vehicle. 2. Firmly depress the brake pedal. Limited 3. Ensure that Park (P) or Neutral (N) is selected. 4. Press and hold the engine START/STOP button until the warning lamps illuminate.Rover 5. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal fully reserved. and hold it in the fully depressed position. 6. Press and release the engine START/STOP button. The engine will beginLand to crank. 7. Release the accelerator pedal when therights engine starts. Once the engine has started, the brakeAll pedal can be released if it is safe to do so. If the engine still fails to crank or start, consult a Land RoverJaguar Retailer/Authorized Repairer. ©

102 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Gearbox

AUTOMATICGearbox TRANSMISSION

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All

1. To select Drive (D) when the vehicle is D will appear in the instrument panel and stationary,Jaguar first apply the brake pedal. the LED by the selector will illuminate. 2. Rotate the rotary selector to Drive (D). The 3. Press the selector down and rotate to S to ©paddle shifts can be used in this mode. select Sport mode. Note: Gear selection will revert back to S will appear in the instrument panel and fully automatic D mode if use of the the LED by the selector will illuminate. paddles is not maintained. 4. Manual gear selection (CommandShift™) To manually return to fully automatic D can be used when Sport (S) is selected. mode, pull and hold the right paddle for 2 seconds.

103 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Gearbox

Use the paddles on the steering wheel for gear selection. Pull the left paddle (-) for Never select Reverse (R) while the vehicle is in down-shifts and the right paddle (+) for forward motion. up-shifts. To return to the fully automatic sport mode, pull the right paddle for 2 Never select a forward gear while the vehicle is seconds. in rearward motion. To return to drive mode move the selector back to the D position. Do not rev the engine or allow it to run above 5. Press the Lo button to select low range normal idle speed, while selecting D or R, or gears. while the vehicle is stationary with any gear Low range gears should only be used in selected. 2013. situations where low speed maneuvering is necessary, including more extreme Do not allow the vehicle to remain stationary off-road conditions. Do not attempt to use for a sustained period, with a gear selected and low range gears for normal road driving. the engine running. Always select P or N if the Should the transmission develop a fault, a engine is to idle for a prolonged period. warning message may be displayed in the P should normallyLimited be selected before switching message center and only limited gears may off the engine. If any other gear is selected at become available. Under these circumstances, turn off, the selector will move to P before seek qualified assistance immediately. retracting into the center console. If the engine is switched off with N selected, the Park (P) should be engaged and the parkingRover systemreserved. will wait for 10 minutes before brake applied when the vehicle is stationary. selecting P. This time delay allows the vehicle The vehicle can move unexpectedly with any enough time to be conveyed through a car other gear position selected, which may wash. result in death or serious injury.Land If the selector fails to rotate to P when the rightsengine is switched off, when the engine is next switched on, P must be selected before the Before exiting the vehicle, always ensure that engine will start. the gear selector is in the Park (P)All position, the engine is turned off, the parking brake is In the event of a vehicle breakdown, the applied and the Smart Key is removed from transmission will automatically select P. This the vehicle.Jaguar prevents the vehicle from being towed on all four wheels. Therefore, vehicle recovery © should only be undertaken by suitably qualified Do not use auxiliary equipment, such as roller personnel. generators that are driven by only one or two wheels of the vehicle, as they will cause failure of the transfer gearbox.

Never select Park (P) while the vehicle is in motion.

104 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Gearbox

If the rotary selector is obstructed, remove the STATIONARY RANGE CHANGING obstruction and then start the engine. The With the vehicle stationary and the engine selector should elevate as normal. If the running, select Neutral (N). selector fails to elevate, it can be used in the lowered position, but be aware that it will not Press the Lo button and release. The range automatically select P when the engine is change status will be confirmed after several switched off. P should be selected manually. seconds. The fault should be rectified by a Retailer/Authorized Repairer at the earliest RANGE CHANGE INDICATORS opportunity. While the Hi range transmission is in use, no range indicators are illuminated MANUAL GEAR SELECTION In Lo range,2013. the green warning When Drive (D) is selected, manual mode may lamp in the Driver information be temporarily accessed by operating the center and the Lo range status steering wheel mounted shift paddles. indicator lamp in the Lo button are illuminated. While in Drive (D) temporary manual mode will While a range change is in progress, the be held while the driver is accelerating, indicator lamps will flash as follows: decelerating, cornering or continuing to Hi toLimited Lo change: request shifts via the paddles. Temporary • The Lo range indicator lamps flash during manual mode will be deactivated if the engine the change and then illuminate constantly. is over-revved or laboured, to prevent • The message LOW RANGE SELECTED is transmission and/or engine damage. briefly displayed in the message center. If continued use of manual mode is required,Rover reserved.Lo to Hi change: select Sport (S), to activate permanent manual mode. Permanent manual mode will be • The Lo range indicator lamps flash during deactivated if the engine is over-revved or the change. laboured, to prevent transmissionLand and/or • The Lo range indicator lamps extinguish engine damage. rights when the change is complete. • The message HIGH RANGE SELECTED is HILL DESCENT All briefly displayed in the message center. With Hill Descent Control (HDC) selected in either Drive (D), Sport (S) or manual gear RANGE CHANGING ON THE MOVE selectionJaguar (CommandShift™ ) modes, a low gear The recommended method of changing range will be selected and maintained to provide is with the vehicle stationary. For experienced maximum© engine braking. Should the selector off-road drivers, a change from Lo to Hi while be moved to D from the S mode or if on the move can be accomplished, as detailed CommandShift™ is deactivated, the selected below. gear will be maintained until the descent is Note: Changing from Hi to Lo can be completed. See 140, HDC CONTROLS. performed only with the vehicle stationary.

105 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Gearbox

CHANGING FROM LOW TO HIGH RANGE With the vehicle traveling no faster than 38 mph (60 km/h), select Neutral (N). Press and release the Lo button to select Hi range. Note: If the Lo button is pressed before N is selected, the message SELECT NEUTRAL FOR RANGE CHANGE will be displayed in the message center. Indication of the range change status will be displayed in the message center. 2013. Once complete, select D.

LIMP-HOME MODE Note: The driver should be aware that the vehicle’s performance will be reduced and must take this into account when driving. Use Limited of the gear shift paddles will be disabled. In this event, seek qualified assistance as soon as possible. In the event of an electrical or mechanical failure, transmission operation will be limited.Rover reserved. P, R, N, D and S may still be used to enable the vehicle to be driven to a safe area. Some faults will cause the selector to be locked in position until the ignition is switchedLand off. If the selected range flashes, it signifies that rightsthe driver request cannot be engaged. Re-select N and repeat the attempt. All If the transmission is still unable to select the requested gear, contact your Retailer/AuthorizedJaguar Repairer. ©

106 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Stability control

DYNAMICStability control STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)

Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) is unable to compensate for driver misjudgement. It remains the driver's responsibility to drive with due care and attention, in a manner which is safe for the vehicle, its occupants and the other road users. DSC optimizes vehicle stability, even in critical driving situations. The system controls 2013. dynamic stability when accelerating and when starting from a standstill. Additionally, it identifies unstable driving behavior, such as To disable DSC, press and briefly hold the DSC understeer and oversteer and helps to keep the OFF switch. The DSC OFF warning lamp will vehicle under control by manipulating the illuminate (see 67, DYNAMIC STABILITY engine output and applying the brakes at CONTROLLimited (DSC) OFF (AMBER)). Deactivating individual wheels. Some noise may be DSC also reduces the level of Traction control generated when the brakes are applied. intervention and may lead to an increase in wheel spin. SWITCHING DSC OFF Note: DSC cannot be disabled in Automatic Rovermode. See 138, TERRAIN RESPONSE reserved.OPERATION. Disabling the DSC may adversely affect vehicle stability and braking which in turn SWITCHING DSC ON can lead to loss of control and increased Note: DSC is enabled automatically at the start braking distance, resultingLand in a rollover or rights of each ignition cycle. crash. Press and briefly hold the DSC OFF switch to In some driving conditions it may be re-enable DSC. Alternatively, select a new appropriate to disable DSC toAll improve traction. Terrain response special program. These conditions include: Note: DSC is automatically re-enabled when • Rocking the vehicle out of a hollow or deep Jaguar the ignition is switched off. rut. •©Pulling away in deep snow, or a loose surface. • Driving through deep sand or mud.

107 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Stability control

ROLL STABILITY CONTROL (RSC)

No electronic system can remove the need for safe driving practice. RSC can help to maintain control of the vehicle. It cannot regain control of the vehicle if it has been lost, or overcome driver errors. Always drive with due consideration for prevailing road and weather conditions. RSC is an automatic feature that works in conjunction with DSC to try and prevent vehicle 2013. rollover.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

108 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Suspension

AIRSuspension SUSPENSION SYSTEM

2013.

Changes to the height of the vehicle must be made when all doors are closed. Except for Ensure that the vehicle is clear of people and remoteLimited operation (see 111, REMOTE obstacles before lowering the suspension. OPERATION) the engine must also be running. The difference between Off-road height and If a door is opened during a height change, the Access height can be 4.9 in (125 mm). height change will be suspended. If the door is The air suspension system may be used to closed within 90 seconds, the height change raise or lower the height of the vehicle,Rover using will resume. If the doors are not closed in time the air suspension control switch. reserved.the message center will display a message 1. Raise the suspension height. CONFIRM REQUIRED SUSPENSION HEIGHT. 2. Lower the suspension height. Driving off will return the vehicle to normal height. 3. Off-road height indicator.Land rights Note: If the air suspension is used many times 4. Normal height indicator. in succession, speed of operation may slow. 5. Access height indicator: Access height is 2.0 in (50 mm) lower thanAll normal height. OFF-ROAD HEIGHT 6. Suspension locked in Access height The Off-road height is dependant upon vehicle indicator.Jaguar speed. The Off-road height selected will be 7. Access height switch. confirmed with an Off-Road (1) or (2) icon in Note:© The system may raise or lower the the Touch screen display when in the 4x4 info vehicle automatically (e.g. if a terrain response menu. See 75, TOUCH SCREEN DISPLAY program requires it, or if the vehicle is traveling ICONS at high speed).

109 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Suspension

Off-Road 1 height is 1.6 in (40 mm) above ACCESS HEIGHT normal height up to 50 mph (80 km/h). To select Access height, press the driver's door Off-Road 2 height is 2.9 in (75 mm) above Access switch (7), or press down on the normal height up to 31 mph (50 km/h). The raise/lower switch (2). If the suspension is at suspension height can change automatically Off-Road height then press down twice on the between these heights. Off-Road 2 can be raise/lower switch. ACCESS HEIGHT selected when at Off-Road 1 height by pressing SELECTED will be displayed in the message up on the raise/lower switch when travelling center. Access height can be selected at any less than 25 mph (40 km/h). speed, but the height will not change until To select normal height, press down on the traveling slowly. Access selection is canceled if raise/lower switch (2) or increase the speed the vehicle speed does not slow sufficiently above 50 mph (80 km/h). within 1 minute. 2013. Note: Access height may be selected up to 1 EXTENDED MODE minute after the ignition is switched off, If the vehicle body is raised (e.g. by jacking) or provided the driver’s door has not been grounded in severe off-road conditions, the opened. system may automatically enter Extended Normal driving will automatically return the mode. Symbols in the raise/lower switch will suspensionLimited from Access height to the previous flash and the message center will display selected setting. SUSPENSION IN EXTENDED MODE. The Normal height can be selected by pressing up suspension can rise automatically to assist in on the raise/lower switch (1). clearing the obstacle. Once extended mode height has been RoverLOCKEDreserved. ACCESS HEIGHT achieved, the driver may request additional lifting if required. This is achieved by pressing When the vehicle is at Access height and up and holding the raise/lower switch for travelling less than 22mph (35 km/h), press longer than 3 seconds while pressingLand the brake down on the raise/lower switch (2), or press pedal. rightsthe driver's door Access height switch (7), for longer than 1 second .The system lock Extended mode is canceled by pressing down indicator (5) will illuminate and SUSPENSION on the raise/lower switch (2) or whenAll the LOCKED AT ACCESS HEIGHT will be displayed vehicle speed confirms that the body is no in the message center. longer lifted or grounded. Jaguar The vehicle may then be driven slowly at Note: Extended mode cannot be selected Access height, to assist with maneuvering in manually.© confined areas (e.g. multi-storey car parks). To cancel this mode, press up on the raise/lower switch (1) for longer than 1 second or increase the speed to 24 mph (40 km/h).

110 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Suspension

REMOTE OPERATION To lower the vehicle press and hold button (1) and button (3) together. Note: If the starting height is above or below The Smart Key can be operated from inside or normal height, movement will cease when outside the vehicle. It is therefore important normal height is reached. Release the Smart that it is kept out of the reach of children at all Key buttons and press again to continue. times. ADAPTIVE DYNAMICS Ensure that the vehicle is clear of people and If a fault is detected the Instrument panel will obstacles before lowering the suspension. illuminate either the Critical or General warning The difference between Off-road height and lamp. See 66, CRITICAL2013. WARNING MESSAGE Access height can be 4.9 in (125 mm). (RED) or 66, GENERAL WARNING/INFORMATION MESSAGE (AMBER). The warning messages ADAPTIVE Care should be taken with all height changes DYNAMICS FAULT or SUSPENSION FAULT when a trailer is attached to the vehicle. VEHICLE LEAN WHEN CORNERING will also be The buttons on the Smart Key may be used to displayed in the message center. Some operate the air suspension system, allowing reductionLimited in ride comfort may be experienced. the vehicle to be raised or lowered remotely. If the fault persists, consult a Land Rover This may be useful in attaching a trailer or Retailer/Authorized Repairer. loading the vehicle. To change the suspension height using the SUSPENSION LOWERED FOR Smart Key, the vehicle must be stationary,Rover all reserved.SAFETY the doors closed and the hazard warning lamps switched on. The vehicle ride height will be reduced. Land Exercise caution while driving off-road. rights In the event of a fault with the DSC system, the ride height will be lowered to increase vehicle stability. This will be accompanied by a All message in the message center and the indicators on the air suspension control switch Jaguar will extinguish.

© The suspension is lowered to increase vehicle stability and overriding the suspension ride height reduction is not recommended. Doing so could result in a vehicle rollover during extreme maneuvers. To raise the vehicle press and hold button (1) To override the ride height reduction: and button (2) together. 1. Press the raise/lower switch.

111 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Suspension

2. Follow the instructions in the message center. Note: If the vehicle is driven enthusiastically while the system override is active, a message will be displayed in the message center as a reminder that a safety system has been bypassed. A further message will provide instructions for canceling the override. 2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

112 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Brakes

IMPORTANTBrakes INFORMATION Any fault Hill Start Assist will be indicated by the DSC warning lamp being illuminated and a message in the message center. Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while the vehicle is in motion. STEEP SLOPES If the vehicle is stationary on a steep, slippery slope, it may begin to slide even with the Never allow the vehicle to coast (freewheel) brakes applied. This is because without wheel with the engine turned off. The engine must rotation, the ABS cannot determine vehicle be running to provide full braking assistance. movement. The brakes will still function with the engine off, but far more pressure will be required to To counteract this, briefly2013. release the brakes to operate them. allow some wheel rotation and then re-apply the brakes to allow ABS to gain control.

If the red brake warning lamp illuminates, EMERGENCY BRAKE ASSIST (EBA) safely bring the vehicle to a stop, as quickly If the driver rapidly applies the brakes, EBA as possible and seek qualified assistance. automaticallyLimited boosts the braking force to its maximum, in order to bring the vehicle to a halt as quickly as possible. If the driver applies the Never place non-approved floor matting or brakes slowly, but conditions mean that ABS any other obstructions under the pedals. This operates on the front wheels, EBA will increase restricts pedal travel and braking efficiency, the braking force in order to apply ABS control and may cause a crash. Roverreserved.to the rear wheels. Driving through heavy rain or water can have EBA stops operating as soon as the brake pedal an adverse effect on braking efficiency. Under is released. such circumstances, it is recommended that you lightly apply the brakLandes intermittently, to A fault with the EBA system is indicated by the dry the brakes. rights brake warning lamp (see 67, BRAKE (AMBER)) illuminating and an associated warning message. Drive with care, avoiding heavy brake Do not pump the brake pedalAll at any time; this application and seek qualified assistance. will interrupt operation of the system and may increaseJaguar stopping distances. ELECTRONIC BRAKE FORCE DISTRIBUTION (EBD) HILL© START ASSIST EBD controls the balance of braking forces Hill Start Assist activates when starting a hill supplied to the front and rear wheels, in order ascent from a stationary position. When the to maintain maximum braking efficiency. foot brake is released Hill Start Assist smoothly If the vehicle has a light load (only the driver in releases the brake pressure, allowing the the vehicle for example), EBD will reduce the vehicle to move away without rolling braking force applied to the rear wheels. If the backwards. vehicle is heavily laden, EBD will allow greater braking force to the rear wheels.

113 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Brakes

A fault with the EBD system is indicated by the With the ignition turned on, press the brake brake warning lamp (see 66, BRAKE (RED)) pedal and press down on the EPB switch. This illuminating and an associated warning will release the electronic parking brake. message. Gently and safely stop the vehicle With the vehicle stationary, pull up the EPB and seek qualified assistance. switch and release it to apply the parking brake. The parking brake warning lamp (see 66, ELECTRIC PARKING BRAKE (EPB) PARKING BRAKE (RED)) illuminates to indicate that the parking brake is applied. If the EPB is operated when the vehicle speed Do not rely on the parking brake to hold the is less than 2 mph (3 km/h) the vehicle will be vehicle stationary if the brake warning lamp brought to an abrupt stop. The stop lamps will is illuminated or the EPB warning lamp is not be illuminated. 2013. flashing. Seek qualified assistance urgently.

Driving the vehicle with the parking brake The parking brakes operate on the rear wheels. applied, or repeated use of the parking brake to Therefore, secure parking of the vehicle is slow the vehicle, may cause serious damage to dependent on the rear wheels being on a hard the brake system. and stable surface. Limited In an emergency, with the vehicle traveling more than 2 mph (3 km/h), pulling on the EPB Do not rely on the parking brake to operate switch and holding gives a gradual reduction in effectively, if the rear wheels have been the speed. The brake warning lamp will immersed in mud or water. illuminate accompanied by a warning tone and Note: If the vehicle is used in severe off-road Rovera warningreserved. message in the Driver information conditions (e.g. wading, deep mud, etc.), center. The stop lamps will illuminate. additional maintenance and adjustment of the If the vehicle is stationary with the EPB applied parking brake will be required. Consult your and the transmission in D or R, pressing the Land Rover Retailer/AuthorizedLand Repairer. accelerator will release the EPB and allow the rightsvehicle to move off. Note: Automatic release of the EPB is only All possible when the driver’s door is closed or the driver’s seat belt is buckled. Jaguar When shifting from P (Park) with the EPB applied, the EPB will automatically release to © allow a smooth drive away. If the system detects a fault with the EPB, the amber brake warning lamp will illuminate accompanied by a warning in the message center.

114 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Brakes

If the system detects a fault while EPB is operating, the red parking brake warning lamp will flash, accompanied by a warning in the message center. Note: The red parking brake warning lamp will continue to be illuminated for at least ten seconds after the ignition has been turned off.

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

115 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

TIRETire pressure monitoring systemPRESSURE (TPMS) MONITORING SYSTEM

TPMS provides a low pressure warning and does not re-inflate your tires. Tire pressures should be checked regularly using an accurate pressure gauge when cold.

TPMS can NOT register damage to a tire. Regularly check the condition of your tires, 2013. especially if the vehicle is driven off-road.

When inflating tires, care should be taken to avoid bending or damaging the TPMS valve. Always ensure correct alignment of the Wheels fitted with TPMS can be visually inflation head to the valve stem. identified byLimited the external metal lock nut and Note: Non-approved accessories may interfere valve (1). All Land Rover non-TPMS wheels with the system. If this occurs, TIRE have a rubber valve fitted (2). PRESSURE MONITORING FAULT is displayed Each tire, including the spare (if provided), in the message center. should be checked monthly when cold and Note: Different types of tire may affect TPMS Roverinflatedreserved. to the inflation pressure recommended performance. Always replace tires in by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle accordance with recommendations. placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If your Your vehicle is equipped with a TPMS which vehicle has tires of a different size than the size monitors pressure in each tire, Landincluding the indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation full-size spare tire. Compact spare tires are rightsnot pressure label, you should determine the fitted with sensors and are consequently not proper tire inflation pressure for those tires.) monitored. See 117, TEMPORARY USEAll SPARE As an added safety feature, your vehicle has WHEEL AND TIRE CHANGE. been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire Jaguar pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated, , accompanied © with a message in the message center.

116 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale VEHICLE LOADING illuminates, you should stop and check your It is possible to select different tire pressure tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to monitoring levels that correspond to the tire the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly pressures and load information on the tire under-inflated tire causes the tire to overheat pressure label for a light or heavily laden and can lead to tire failure. Under-inflation also vehicle. See 221, TIRE PRESSURE LABEL reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and (USA only). may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. Note: Make sure that the tire pressures are correct for the vehicle load. Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the The different tire pressure monitoring levels driver’s responsibility to maintain correct tire can be set via the Vehicle2013. Set-Up menu in the pressure, even if under-inflation has not message center. See 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL reached the level to trigger illumination of the MENU. TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Note: The TPMS setting must correspond with Your vehicle has also been equipped with a the vehicle load. TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly. FULLLimited SIZE SPARE WHEEL AND TIRE The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined CHANGE with the low tire pressure telltale. When the The system will automatically recognize any system detects a malfunction, the telltale will changes in wheel positions. The vehicle must flash for approximately one minute and then be stationary for 15 minutes during the wheel remain continuously illuminated. This Roverreserved.and tire change, to ensure that the system can sequence will continue upon subsequent detect the change. After driving above 18 mph vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction (25 km/h) any deflation warning should clear exists. within approximately 5 minutes. When the malfunction indicatorLand is illuminated, the system may not be able to detectrights or signal TEMPORARY USE SPARE WHEEL low tire pressure as intended. TPMS AND TIRE CHANGE malfunctions may occur for Alla variety of If the temporary use spare wheel is fitted, the reasons, including the installation of system will automatically recognize the change replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the in wheel positions. After approximately 10 vehicleJaguar that prevent the TPMS from functioning minutes of driving above 18 mph (25 km/h), properly. Always check the TPMS malfunction the message FRONT[REAR] RIGHT[LEFT] telltale© after replacing one or more tires or TIRE PRESSURE NOT MONITORED will be wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the displayed, accompanied by illumination of the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow warning lamp. the TPMS to continue to function properly. The warning lamp will first flash and then illuminate continuously. Extended use of the temporary use spare wheel will trigger the message TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM FAULT.

117 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS)

This TPMS display sequence will be activated at every ignition cycle until the temporary spare wheel is replaced by a full-size road wheel with a TPMS sensor fitted. Note: If in use, always replace the temporary spare wheel before having a TPMS fault investigated.

TYPE APPROVAL NUMBERS TPMS United States of America 2013. This device complies with part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) this device must accept any interference Limited received, including interference that may cause undesired operation. Canada This device complies with Industry Canada Rover Standard IC - RSS-210. Operation is subject to reserved. the following two conditions: (1) this device may not cause interference, and (2) this device must accept anyLand interference, including interference that may cause rights undesired operation of the device. Note: Changes or modifications notAll expressly approved by the manufacturer could void the user’s authority to use the equipment. The TPMS radioJaguar frequency approval numbers for the ©USA and Canada are: USA FCC ID: KR5S120123 KR5S180021 5WK49097 Canada IC: 267T-S120123 267T-S180021 267T-5WK49097

118 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Parking aids

USINGParking aids THE PARKING AID

2013.

Limited

Rover reserved.Note: When a forward gear is selected then manually select the front sensors. Parking aids may not detect moving objects, such as children and animals, until they are To manually activate the front sensors dangerously close. AlwaysLand use extreme press the Park assist button and the switch caution when manuevering, and alwaysrights use indicator will illuminate. your mirrors. To turn off the system when active, press All the button. The switch indicator will extinguish. Park assist sensors may not detect some obstructions (e.g. narrow posts or small 2. The range of the parking aid sensors varies objectsJaguar close to the ground). Parking aids are between the front, rear and corners of the for guidance only and are not intended to vehicle. replace© the driver’s visual checks for The front sensors will remain active as long as obstructions or objects when manuevering. the vehicle's forward speed does not exceed 10 1. When reverse gear is selected, the front mph (16 km/h). and rear parking sensors are activated Selecting N from R will keep front and rear automatically, and the switch indicator will sensors active. illuminate.

119 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Parking aids

When objects are detected, the parking aid REAR CAMERA emits a warning tone which increases in frequency as the vehicle gets closer to the object and then becomes constant when the It remains the driver's responsibility to detect obstacle is within 12 inches (300 mm). obstacles and estimate the vehicle's distance Note: The front parking aid provides an audible from them when reversing. proximity warning when driving forwards and when reversing.

CLEANING THE SENSORS 2013. When washing the vehicle do not aim high pressure water jets directly at the sensors. Do not use abrasive materials or hard/sharp objects to clean the sensors. Only use approved vehicle shampoo. The sensors should be kept clean to maintain Limited accuracy and performance.

PARKING AID SYSTEM FAULT If a system fault is detected, a long high-pitched tone will sound, and the switch RoverWhen reserved.reverse gear is selected, the screen indicator will flash. Contact your Land Rover automatically displays a wide angle, color Retailer/Authorized Repairer as soon as image from the rear of your vehicle. possible. The rear view camera system provides a rear Land view image to assist in reversing the vehicle. rightsOverlaid on the image are reversing guidelines.

All Some overhanging objects or barriers which could cause damage to the vehicle may not be detected by the camera. Jaguar Note: A return icon is displayed on the touch © screen. Touch this to revert to the previously viewed screen. Rear view camera display on the touch screen will discontinue when either of the following apply: • Drive is selected for longer than 15 seconds.

120 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Parking aids

• Drive is selected and/or vehicle speed is greater than 11 mph (18 km/h).

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved. 1. Solid line: The projected path based on current steering wheel position. 2. Dotted line: The safe Landworking width of the vehicle (including exterior mirrors).rights 3. Tailgate access guideline: Do not reverse beyond this point if tailgate access is required. All 4. Parking sensor activation: A colored area appears,Jaguar to indicate which rear sensor(s) has been activated. 5.©User option. Touch to enable/disable (1), (2) and (3). 6. User option. Touch to enable/disable (4) Parking sensor. 7. User option. Touch to enable/disable Hitch Assist guidance lines.

121 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Parking aids

REVERSE TRAFFIC DETECTION

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Land rightsIn addition to the functionality provided by the rear view camera, the RTD system provides a The Reverse Traffic Detection (RTD) system warning to the driver of any moving vehicle, at is a supplement to, not a replacement for, All either side, that may pose an accident risk safe driving, good observation and use of the during a reversing maneuver. exterior and rear-view mirrors. Jaguar An amber warning icon will flash in the relevant exterior mirror (1) and an audible warning will The system© may not be able to provide be emitted to indicate the presence of a moving sufficient warning for vehicles approaching vehicle. The rear view camera screen (2) or the very quickly. parking aid screen (3) will also show a warning Note: RTD is automatically disabled when a on the relevant side(s) of the screen. To switch trailer is connected and when Park assist is between the rear view camera and the parking active. aid screen, touch the camera image or the Rear camera icon accordingly.

122 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Parking aids

The system can be enabled or disabled via the instrument panel menu (see 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL MENU). When RTD is disabled, an amber dot (4) will be displayed in both exterior mirrors.

REVERSE TRAFFIC DETECTION SENSORS The RTD system will automatically disable if any of the sensors become partially or completely obscured, and the amber warning indicator dot will illuminate in the exterior 2013. mirrors and the message Reverse Traffic Sensor Blocked appears in the message center. Check that there is nothing obscuring the rear bumper and it is clear from ice, frost, snow, mud and dirt. Limited If a fault with a radar sensor is detected, an amber warning indicator dot will illuminate in the exterior mirrors and the message Reverse Traffic Detection System Not Available is displayed in the message center. Rover Note: Even if the detected fault only affects the reserved. radar sensor on one side of the vehicle, the whole system is disabled. If the fault is temporary, the system will operate correctly once the engine has beenLand switched off and then on again. rights If a fault occurs, consult your Retailer/Authorized Repairer.All Jaguar ©

123 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Park assist

PARKPark assist ASSIST Park assist is an aid to parallel parking in tight Park assist must not be used if any of the parking slots. For the system to operate following criteria are met: correctly, your vehicle must be parallel to a line - A temporary spare wheel is in use. of parked vehicles along which you intend to - A sensor is damaged or a fender is damaged search for a parking space. Your front wheels sufficiently to affect a sensor mounting point. must be in the straight ahead position. Parking - A sensor is obstructed by items attached to on a bend may cause the system to the vehicle, e.g., fender covers, a bicycle rack, miscalculate distances. a trailer, stickers, etc. - The vehicle is being used to transport a load When the sensors detect a space sufficient to that extends beyond the vehicle perimeter. park in, an instruction will be displayed in the Message center. 2013. The actual parking maneuver is controlled by When Park assist searches for an appropriate the vehicle, without your hands on the steering parking space, there must be an acceptable wheel. The Message center will advise when distinction between the road surface and the the steering wheel must be released. curb height. Damaged or very low curbs or curbs covered with debris or snow may cause a sensor miscalculation.Limited Park assist is a driving aid only. It remains Note: All doors, except the driver’s door, must the driver's responsibility to drive with due be securely closed. care and attention during parking Note: During any Park assist maneuver, the maneuvers. parking aid system will remain active and will Roversoundreserved. when objects are detected near the vehicle. Park assist may not detect moving objects such as children and animals, until they are Note: A parking maneuver can be cancelled at dangerously close. Always use extreme any point by holding / turning the steering Land wheel or by pressing the Park assist button. caution when maneuvering. rights Note: In a situation where the rows of parked Park assist sensors may not detect some vehicles on either side of the road are close obstructions, e.g. narrow posts, smallAll objects enough for Park assist to sense them and Park close to the ground and some objects with dark assist determines that there is not enough non-reflectiveJaguar surfaces, and in some maneuvering space for reverse parking, the circumstances bicycles/motor cycles parked space will be rejected, even if the driver alongside© the curb. believes the space is large enough to park the vehicle. The driver retains the option to switch off Park assist and to attempt the parking All sensors must be kept clean and free from maneuver manually. debris or obstructions, e.g., leaves, mud, snow or insects. Failure to keep the sensors clean may result in sensor miscalculation or false indications.

124 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Park assist

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

1. To activate, press the Park assist switch km/h), SLOW DOWN! is displayed until while driving forwards at less than 19 mph speed decreases to less than 19 mph (30 (30 km/h). The indicator lamp in the button km/h) again. If vehicle speed is not illuminates. reduced, Park assist is de-activated and the Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 19 mph (30 indicator light in the switch is extinguished.

125 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Park assist

Note: Park assist sensors can be affected 6. An instruction to select Reverse (R) will by sudden temperature differentials. For follow. Park assist will then take control of example, if the vehicle is moved from a the vehicle’s steering system and the warm interior into a cold exterior steering wheel must be released. Release temperature, the sensors will require time the foot brake carefully to move the vehicle to adjust. The same applies if the move is slowly into the parking space. Follow the from a cold situation into a significantly instructions in the Message center. warmer ambient temperature. 2. The Park Assist display appears in the The driver must maintain full control of the message center and shows the Searching accelerator and brakes throughout the message and graphic. All messages and maneuver. instructions are displayed here. Take 2013. Note: If the steering wheel is manually action when the text is an instruction. adjusted while Park assist has control of Note: For Park assist to operate effectively, the steering, Park assist will de-activate maintain a parallel distance of 1.6 to 4.9 ft and the indicator lamp in the Park assist (0.5 to 1.5 m) between your vehicle and the button will extinguish. line of parked vehicles/obstacles in which Note: Park assist can be reactivated by you want to park. pressingLimited the Park assist button and the 3. When first activated Park assist searches previous parking maneuver will be for a space on the front passenger side of resumed. the vehicle. To search for a space on the Note: If vehicle speed exceeds 4 mph (6 driver’s side, signal a turn in that direction. km/h) during the parking maneuver, Park 4. As you drive forward, the size of potentialRover assistreserved. will display a SLOW DOWN! parking spaces is assessed and displayed message until speed decreases to less than graphically. 4 mph (6 km/h). If vehicle speed is not 5. A short confirmation tone is given when a reduced, Park assist will de-activate and suitable space is found andLand a message to the indicator lamp in the Park assist button stop or to drive forward to a starting pointrights will extinguish. will be given, depending on the vehicle’s 7. If further maneuvering is required in the current position. All parking space, select Drive (D)/Reverse (R) and continue to follow instructions Make a visual check before starting the displayed in the message center. reversing maneuverJaguar to ensure that the space 8. When the parking maneuver is completed, has not© changed in any way, e.g., a pedestrian STOP will be displayed. has stepped into the space. If a system fault is detected, a continuous tone will sound and a message will be displayed in the message center. Contact your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer as soon as possible.

126 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Park assist

PARK ASSIST LIMITATIONS PARK ASSIST TROUBLESHOOTING Park assist is not searching for a parking space • The system may not be activated. Park assist is a supplement to, and not a replacement for, good observation and a safe • The vehicle may be travelling above 19 driving style. It is the driver's responsibility, mph (30 km/h). at all times, to ensure that reversing Park assist does not offer a certain parking maneuvers are carried out safely. space Park assist may provide inaccurate results if: • The sensors may be covered or partly • The size or shape of the parking spaces obscured by dirt, mud, ice or snow. changes after it was measured. • The space may not be large enough or • There is an irregular curb alongside the there may not be enough2013. space on the parking space or the curb is covered with opposite side of the vehicle for the front to leaves, snow etc. swing out during the maneuver. • The vehicle is being used to transport a • The vehicle may have been driven too far load that extends beyond the perimeter of away (more than 5 feet [1.5 meters]) from the vehicle. Limitedthe row of parked vehicles. • The vehicle had a repair or alteration that • The vehicle may have been driven too close was not approved by a Land Rover (within 16 inches [41 cm]) to the row of Retailer/Authorized Repairer. parked vehicles. • The vehicle has been fitted with non • The vehicle may have been driven in approved wheels or tires or there is reverse. Park assist will only search for a significant tire wear. Roverreserved. parking space when the vehicle is in Drive (D). • One of the parked vehicles has an attachment at a raised height such as a flat Park assist has not positioned the vehicle bed truck, snow plough or cherry picker. accurately within the space Land One or more of the system limitations • The parking space is located on arights corner or • curve. criteria may have been met. See 127, • The sensors are dirty or covered in mud, PARK ASSIST LIMITATIONS. ice or snow. All • The weather is foggy, raining or snowing. • TheJaguar road surface is bumpy such as gravel. • A tow bar or trailer hitch is fitted. •©It encounters an obstruction that is thin or wedge shaped. • It encounters an obstruction that is elevated and/or protruding, such as ledges or tree branches. • It encounters an obstruction with corners and sharp edges.

127 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Cruise control

USINGCruise control CRUISE CONTROL Note: Cruise control can only be engaged at speeds in excess of 18 mph (30 km/h). 2. RES: Press to resume the set speed. The driver must always ensure that a safe speed is maintained within the speed limit, taking account of traffic and road conditions. It is not recommended to resume set speed when a low gear is selected as excessive Do not use cruise control in heavy traffic or engine speeds will occur. RES should be used conditions where a constant road speed only if the driver is aware of the set speed and cannot be safely maintained, such as on intends to return to it. roads that are winding, wet with rain or snow, slippery or unpaved. 3. Press to decrease the set speed. Note: Cruise control is not available when 4. CANCEL: Press to cancel but2013. retain the set using Hill Descent Control or when a Terrain speed in memory. Response special program has been selected, Cruise control will also be canceled if the except for the Grass-Gravel-Snow (GGS) brake pedal is pressed, the gear selector is program. moved to Neutral (N), or if HDC or DSC are Note: Do not use cruise control when driving activated. off-road. The systemLimited is operated by controls mounted Note: Do not use cruise control with SPORT on the steering wheel. The driver can also mode selected. intervene at any time by use of the brake or accelerator pedals. Note: If the accelerator pedal is pressed for Rovermore thanreserved. 5 minutes, cruise control will be canceled.

Landrights All

1. SET+: PressJaguar to set the speed or to increase the set speed. The cruise control warning lamp© will illuminate to confirm cruise control is operational (see 69, CRUISE CONTROL (GREEN)). The cruising speed can also be increased using the accelerator. When the desired speed is reached, press the button to set and maintain the new speed and then release the accelerator.

128 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Adaptive cruise control

ADAPTIVEAdaptive cruise control CRUISE CONTROL • Keep the front of the vehicle free from dirt, OVERVIEW metal badges or objects, including vehicle front protectors, which may prevent the The Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) system is radar sensor from operating. designed to maintain a gap from the vehicle ahead or a set road speed if there is no slower vehicle ahead. A speed may be set at between USING ACC 20 mph (32 km/h) and 124 mph (200 km/h). The system is operated by controls mounted on the steering wheel. The driver can also The system acts by regulating the speed of the intervene at any time by use of the brake or vehicle, using engine control and the brakes. accelerator pedals. Setting the vehicle speed, activating and ACC is not a substitute for driving safely, with deactivating ACC, is done2013. in the same way as due care and attention. ACC may not function when using Cruise control. See 128, USING properly under all weather and road CRUISE CONTROL. conditions. Do not use ACC in poor visibility, specifically fog, heavy rain, spray or snow. Limited ACC is not a collision warning or avoidance system and driver’s should not assume that this feature will correct errors of judgement while driving. Additionally, ACC will not react to: Rover • Stationary or slow moving vehicles below reserved. 6 mph (10 km/h). • Pedestrians or objects in the roadway. • Oncoming vehicles inLand the same lane. 1. SET+: Press to increase or set the speed. The ACC system uses a radar sensor,rights which 2. RES: Press to resume the set speed. projects a beam directly forward of the vehicle 3. Press to decrease the set speed. to detect objects ahead. All 4. CANCEL: Press to cancel but retain the set The radar sensor is mounted at the front of the speed in memory. vehicle behind the duct in the lower cooling 5. Press to decrease the follow mode gap. aperture,Jaguar to provide a clear view forward for the 6. Press to increase the follow mode gap. radar beam. •©Use ACC only when conditions are See130, ENTERING FOLLOW MODE. favorable (i.e. main roads with traffic moving in lanes). • Do not use on icy or slippery roads. • It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.

129 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Adaptive cruise control

ENTERING FOLLOW MODE If the ACC system predicts that its maximum braking level will not be sufficient, then an audible warning will sound while the ACC When in follow mode, the vehicle will not continues to brake. DRIVER INTERVENE will be decelerate automatically to a stop, nor will displayed in the message center. Take the vehicle always decelerate quickly enough immediate action. to avoid a collision. When in follow mode, the vehicle will Note: Follow mode is an integral function of automatically return to the set speed when the ACC. You cannot disengage follow mode and road ahead is clear, for instance when: still use cruise control to maintain your speed. • The vehicle ahead accelerates to a speed Once a set speed has been selected, the driver above the set speed, or changes lane. can release the accelerator and the set road • You change lane to either 2013.side or enter an speed will be maintained. exit lane. If a vehicle ahead enters the same lane or a The driver should intervene if appropriate. slower vehicle is ahead in the same lane, your If a turn signal is used, ACC will reduce the gap vehicle speed will be adjusted automatically to the vehicle ahead so as to respond more until the gap to the vehicle ahead corresponds quickly to Limitedthe anticipated maneuver. If a to the gap setting. The vehicle is now in follow maneuver is not actioned, the previous gap will mode. be restored after a few seconds. Enhanced response may not occur if ACC detects that it is The amber warning lamp in the inappropriate, i.e., you are already too close to instrument panel will be the vehicle ahead or you are already in another illuminated. Roverlane. reserved.

The message center will display the gap set in CHANGING THE FOLLOW MODE SET the form of a vehicle with a varying number of bars in front of it. Land GAP The vehicle will then maintain the constant timerights gap to the vehicle ahead until: It is the driver’s responsibility to select a gap • The vehicle ahead accelerates toAll a speed appropriate to the driving conditions. above the set speed. Four gap settings are available. The selected • The vehicle ahead moves out of lane or out gap setting is displayed on the message center of view. Jaguar when the gap adjustment buttons are operated. • A new© gap setting is chosen. Each gap is indicated by an additional bar in If necessary, the vehicle brakes will be front of the vehicle icon in the message center. automatically applied, slowing the vehicle and After the ignition is switched on, the default maintaining the gap to the vehicle in front. gap (gap 3) will be automatically selected ready The maximum braking which is applied by ACC for ACC operation. is limited and can be overridden by the driver If Terrain response Grass-Gravel-Snow mode applying the brakes, if required. is selected then the longest gap (gap 4) will Note: Driver braking will cancel ACC. initially be selected.

130 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Adaptive cruise control

OVERRIDING THE SPEED AND At very low speed Queue assist may stop for FOLLOW MODE stationary objects, e.g., when the vehicle ahead changes lane to reveal a stationary object. The vehicle radar cannot distinguish between a Whenever the driver is overriding the ACC by stationary vehicle and a fixed object like a road depressing the accelerator pedal, the ACC sign or temporary barrier. This may cause will not automatically apply the brakes to unexpected braking and the driver should maintain separation from any vehicle ahead. intervene if appropriate. The set speed and gap can be overridden by depressing the accelerator pedal while cruising ACC AUTO OFF at constant speed or in Follow mode. If the ACC will disengage, but not clear the memory vehicle is in Follow mode when the ACC is when: 2013. overridden, the Follow mode warning lamp will • The CANCEL button is pressed. go out and CRUISE OVERRIDE will be • The brake pedal is pressed. displayed in the message center. When the • Neutral (N) is selected. accelerator is released the ACC function will operate again and vehicle speed will decrease • Dynamic Stability Control (DSC) activates. to the set speed, or a lower speed if Follow • LimitedElectronic Traction Control (ETC) activates. mode is active. • Hill Descent Control (HDC) is selected. ACC will disengage, and clear the memory QUEUE ASSIST when: Queue assist (QA) is an enhancement of • The ignition system is switched off Adaptive cruise control and, when active,Rover will reserved.• Maximum vehicle speed is reached follow a vehicle ahead to a standstill. It is • A fault occurs in the ACC system. intended for use in lines of traffic on main roads where minimal steering is required. RESUMING THE SPEED AND If a vehicle ahead slows toLand a halt, Queue assist FOLLOW MODE will bring the vehicle to a stop and holdrights it stationary. While the vehicle is held stationary,All Queue RES should only be used if the driver is aware assist will request the Electric park brake (EPB) of the set speed and intends to return to it. to apply if: By pressing the RES button after ACC has been • TheJaguar driver cancels Queue assist. cancelled (e.g. after braking), the ACC will become active again provided that the set •©The vehicle is stopped for more than 2 minutes. speed memory has not been erased. The original set speed will be resumed (unless a Driver intention to exit the vehicle is • vehicle ahead causes the Follow mode to detected. become active) and the set speed will be • A malfunction is detected. displayed in the message center for 4 seconds. As the vehicle ahead moves away, a brief press Queue assist may be resumed above 6 mph (10 on the accelerator will resume ACC operation. km/h).

131 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Adaptive cruise control

Note: When the set speed is resumed, the rate DETECTION BEAM ISSUES of acceleration is influenced by the previously set Follow mode gap. A closer set gap will promote greater acceleration. Note: When resuming a set speed while in a curve, acceleration is reduced. A more severe curve will reduce acceleration further. Remember that ACC and Queue assist are primarily for use when minimal steering is required.

HINTS ON DRIVING WITH ACC 2013. During some situations ACC may provide the driver with an indication that intervention is required. An audible alarm will sound, accompanied by the message DRIVER INTERVENE in the message center if ACC detects: Limited • A failure has occurred while the system is active. • That using maximum ACC braking only is not sufficient. Rover Note: ACC only operates when the gear reserved. selector is in Drive (D). Note: When engaged, the accelerator pedal rests in the raised position. FullyLand release the pedal to allow normal ACC operation. rights Note: When braking is applied by the ACC, the vehicle brake lamps will illuminate.All Jaguar © Detection issues can occur: 1. When driving on a different line to the vehicle in front. 2. When a vehicle edges into your lane. The vehicle will only be detected once it has moved fully into your lane.

132 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Adaptive cruise control

3. There may be issues with the detection of Clearing the obstruction allows the system to vehicles in front when going into and return to normal operation. If the obstruction is coming out of a bend. present when ACC is inactive (e.g. on initial 4. When moving around a stationary vehicle. starting or with ACC switched off), the This may cause uncertainty as to which message RADAR SENSOR BLOCKED will be vehicle should be followed. displayed. 5. When the vehicle ahead turns out of your Tires other than those recommended for your lane. This may cause uncertainty as to vehicle, may have different circumferences. which vehicle should be followed. This can affect the correct operation of ACC. In these situations ACC may operate FORWARD ALERT FUNCTION unexpectedly. The driver should stay alert and 2013. intervene if necessary. The system may not react to slow moving ACC MALFUNCTION vehicles If a fault occurs while ACC or Follow mode is operational, ACC will switch off and cannot be Forward alert utilizes the same radar sensor as used until the fault is cleared. The message AdaptiveLimited cruise control - the same limitations DRIVER INTERVENE is displayed briefly in the of performance apply.129, ADAPTIVE CRUISE message center and is then replaced by the CONTROL OVERVIEW message CRUISE NOT AVAILABLE. Forward alert can be enabled/disabled via the If a fault with ACC or any related system occurs message center menu. See 71, INSTRUMENT at any other time, the message CRUISERover NOT PANEL MENU. AVAILABLE will be displayed. It will not be reserved. possible to activate ACC in any mode. The warning lamp in the Accumulations of dirt, snow or ice on the radar instrument panel illuminates when sensor or cover may inhibitLand ACC operation. Forward alert is enabled. Fitting of a vehicle front protector or rightsmetallised badges may also affect ACC operation. Forward alert provides limited detection and warning of objects close ahead while the If this occurs in ACC cruise /Follow mode, the All vehicle is moving forwards. If a vehicle or audible alarm sounds and the message object ahead is within the user defined DRIVER INTERVENE displays briefly. The sensitivity area, a warning tone will sound and message RADAR SENSOR BLOCKED will then Jaguar the FORWARD ALERT message will be be displayed. displayed in the message center. Advanced Note:© The same messages may also be emergency brake assist will be activated. See displayed while driving on open roads with few 134, ADVANCED EMERGENCY BRAKE ASSIST objects for the radar to detect. The driver must take appropriate action immediately.

133 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Adaptive cruise control

Sensitivity of the function can be adjusted only When Adaptive cruise control is fitted, when Adaptive cruise control is disengaged. Advanced emergency brake assist is available Adjust as follows: at speeds above approximately 5 mph (7 km/h) • Using the steering wheel Adaptive cruise and will function even if Forward alert and control buttons, press the gap decrease Adaptive cruise control are switched off. It button to display the current setting in the improves braking response during emergency message center and then press again to braking, when a moving vehicle is detected decrease the sensitivity of the alert. close ahead. • Press the gap increase button to display If the risk of collision increases after the the current setting in the message center FORWARD ALERT warning is displayed, and then press again to increase the Advanced emergency brake assist is activated. sensitivity of the alert. The brakes are automatically applied2013. gently in FWD ALERT <----> is displayed in the message preparation for rapid braking (this may be center. noticeable). If the brake pedal is then pressed quickly, full braking is implemented, even if Note: The Forward alert set gap is maintained only light pressure is applied to the pedal. See when the ignition is switched off. 113, EMERGENCY BRAKE ASSIST (EBA). Note: BrakingLimited performance will only be ADVANCED EMERGENCY BRAKE improved if the driver applies the brakes. ASSIST If there is a fault with the system, FORWARD ALERT UNAVAILABLE is displayed in the The system may not react to slow moving message center. The vehicle can still be driven vehicles and will not react to stationary Roverand thereserved. braking system will still operate, but vehicles or vehicles traveling in the opposite without Advanced emergency brake direction. assistance. Consult a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer to have the fault Warnings may not appear if the Landdistance to the rectified. vehicle ahead is very small or if steering wheelrights or pedal movements are large (e.g. to avoid a INTELLIGENT EMERGENCY BRAKING collision). All The system may not react to slow moving The system utilizes the same radar sensor as vehicles and will not react to stationary Adaptive cruiseJaguar control and Forward alert. The vehicles or vehicles travelling in the opposite same limitations of performance apply. See direction. 129, ADAPTIVE© CRUISE CONTROL OVERVIEW. Warnings and automatic braking may not occur if the distance to the vehicle ahead is very small or if steering wheel or pedal movements are large (e.g., to avoid a collision).

134 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Adaptive cruise control

The system utilizes the same radar sensor as Adaptive cruise control and Forward alert - the same limitations of performance apply.129, ADAPTIVE CRUISE CONTROL OVERVIEW When Adaptive cruise control is fitted, Intelligent emergency braking (IEB) is available at all speeds and will function even if Adaptive cruise control and Forward alert are switched off. The purpose of IEB is to reduce the impact speed with a slower vehicle ahead when a collision becomes unavoidable. 2013. If an imminent risk of collision occurs, an audible warning is given. If a collision becomes unavoidable, IEB will apply the brakes at up to maximum pressure. After IEB has activated, IEB System Was Activated is displayed in the message center and the system is inhibited Limited from further operation until reset by a Retailer/Authorized Repairer. If the radar sensor is blocked, by snow or heavy rain for example, or there is a fault with the system, IEB Not Available is displayedRover in reserved. the message center. The vehicle can still be driven and the braking system will still operate, but without IEB. If the radar sensor is not considered to be blocked,Land consult your Retailer/Authorized Repairer. rights All Jaguar ©

135 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Cameras

SURROUNDCameras CAMERA SYSTEM

2013.

3. Special Views: Touch to display a selection of pre-set views. They are It remains the driver's responsibility to detect providedLimited to assist with difficult maneuvers obstacles and estimate the vehicle's distance and are: from them when reversing. • Curb view: Shows views from the 2 The camera home page is accessed by using side cameras. the camera hard key. See 74, TOUCH SCREEN • Intersection view: Shows views from HOME MENU. Roverreserved.the 2 front cameras. 1. Enlarge: To enlarge a camera view, touch • Trailer view: Shows the rear camera the image then touch the Enlarge soft key. view. Any 2 images can be selected and enlarged to view side-by-side on the screen. 4. Tow Assist: Touch to display trailer Land guidance set-up screen. When viewing the two images, one of themrights can be selected to view as a full screen 5. If the color of the camera position arrow image. It can then be zoomed intoAll and changes from blue to red, the system has panned around using the magnifier and detected that the camera is dirty. Clean the arrow icons. camera as recommended. See 197, CLEANING THE EXTERIOR 2. ProximityJaguar View: Touch to select a combination of 3 images from the front and© passenger side cameras. Note: Proximity view can be accessed at any time by touching Proximity View on the Camera home page.

136 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Cameras

TRAILER GUIDANCE When a new or existing trailer configuration is selected, Trailer guidance automatically Note: Trailer guidance requires a connected displays on the touch screen when reverse trailer to be fitted with a tracking target sticker, gear is selected. Colored lines are displayed to which must be attached according to specific indicate the predicted path of both trailer and instructions. Ask your Land Rover vehicle. Retailer/Authorized Repairer for details.

2013.

Note: This feature may not operate with all trailer designs. Trailer guidance aids trailer reversing, by displaying guidelines on the touch screen. Trailer guidance becomes active when a Limited trailer/caravan is attached to the vehicle and the trailer electrical plug is attached to the vehicle socket. Note: The driver's door must be opened and closed after the trailer/caravan is connectedRover to reserved. the electrical socket before the system will detect the connection. The screen will display a choice for connection. Select YES to move to theLand setup screen. Select NO to return to the previous screen.rights Note: If the connection is not detected, setup can be manually prompted byAll touching the Tow Assist soft key on the Camera menu. On first use, the setup screens take the user throughJaguar a series of configuration options for the© connected trailer. Information such as trailer length, number of axles and camera preference is required to finalize setup. Once completed, the details are stored for future use.

137 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Terrain response

TERRAINTerrain response RESPONSE OPERATION This program should be selected once the need for a special program has passed. Once the special program has been deselected, all of the vehicle systems will return to their normal settings except HDC. HDC will remain active if it was selected manually.

GRASS/GRAVEL/SNOW This program should be used where a firm surface is covered with loose or slippery material. Note: For deep gravel it is recommended2013. that the Sand program is selected. Note: If the vehicle is unable to gain traction in deep snow, switching DSC off may help. DSC should be switched on again as soon as the difficulty is overcome. Terrain Response selection is via a rotary Limited control. There are five Terrain Response MUD-RUTS programs marked around the control. This program should be used for Automatic mode determines and applies the crossing terrain that is muddy, most appropriate program for the conditions. If rutted, soft or uneven. the rotary selector is in the elevated position, Rover Low rangereserved. is recommended for this program depress the selector to engage automatic and if not selected, the message center will mode. prompt you. Information relating to the suitability of each If the Mud-Ruts program and Low range are terrain response program on differentLand types of selected together, the vehicle ride height will be surface, is given on the touch screen, via therights raised automatically. Extra features soft key. Touch the terrain response icon, then the informationAll icon. The displayed text is relevant to the currently SAND selected terrain response program. This program should be used for Jaguar terrain which is predominantly soft GENERAL© PROGRAM (SPECIAL dry sand or deep gravel. PROGRAMS OFF) Note: If the vehicle is unable to gain traction in extremely soft, dry sand, switching DSC off This program is compatible with all may help. DSC should be switched on again as on and off-road conditions. If not soon as the difficulty is overcome. already active, it should be selected before driving on surfaces which are similar to If the sand to be crossed is damp/wet, and a hard road surface. Dry cobbles, tarmac, dry sufficiently deep to cause the wheels to sink wooden planks, etc., all fall into this category. into the surface, the Mud-Ruts program should be used.

138 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Terrain response

ROCK CRAWL If a participating vehicle system becomes This program should be used for temporarily inoperable, the General program terrain which is predominantly will be automatically selected. Once the system rocky, including for crossing river returns to normal operation, the previously beds with submerged rocks. active program will be re-activated unless the ignition has been turned off in the mean time. This program provides good low-speed control. If you try to select an inappropriate special program (e.g. selecting Rock crawl while in Rock crawl can only be selected in Low range. High range), the relevant indicator will flash If the selection is made while in High range, the amber and the message center will provide message center will prompt you to select Low further information. If the appropriate action is range. not taken within 60 seconds,2013. the warnings will cease and the message center will show the DRIVER OVERRIDE OPTIONS active program. Hill Descent Control (HDC) is automatically If the system becomes completely inoperable, engaged for some terrain response programs. all of the special program indicators will be If required, HDC can be deselected or engaged switched off and a relevant message will be independently of terrain response. See 140, displayedLimited in the message center. HDC CONTROLS. The HDC status will be displayed on the message center whether it is engaged, or disengaged, by the system or by the driver. Although Dynamic Stability Control ( DSC)Rover is reserved. automatically engaged when a special program is selected, it can be turned off if required. See 107, SWITCHING DSC OFF. Land SYSTEM DIFFICULTIES rights

Use of an incorrect programAll will impair the vehicle's response to the terrain and can reduce the life of the suspension and drive systems.Jaguar If© the system becomes partially inoperable for any reason, it may not be possible to select special programs.

139 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Hill descent control (HDC)

HDCHill descent control (HDC) CONTROLS

2013.

increase. Do not attempt a steep descent if HDC is If HDCLimited is already selected and the vehicle inoperative or warning messages are speed exceeds 31 mph (50 km/h), HDC is displayed. suspended. The HDC indicator will flash and a message will appear in the message 1. HDC on/off. center. HDC can be selected at speeds below 50 If the vehicle speed exceeds 50 mph (80 mph (80 km/h) but will only operate at Rover km/h)reserved. HDC will disengage, and the HDC speeds less than 31 mph (50 km/h). HDC lamp will extinguish. can be used in D, R and all CommandShift gears. When in D, the vehicle will select the If the brake pedal is pressed when HDC is most appropriate gear. Land active, a pulsation might be felt through the brake pedal. When the brake pedal is Note: HDC is automatically selected byrights released, HDC will resume. some of the Terrain response special programs. All Note: HDC is automatically deselected if the ignition is switched off for more than 6 If the system operation criteria have not hours. been met, the HDC warning lamp will flash to indicateJaguar that the system has been 2. Increase the descent speed. selected© but is not operating. See 69, HILL Each gear has a pre-determined maximum DESCENT CONTROL (GREEN). speed. Once set, the HDC target speed will be Note: Vehicle speed will only increase on a indicated by a green marker on the slope steep enough to increase speedometer. momentum. Use of the + switch may If HDC is deselected while operating, the therefore not increase vehicle speed on a lamp will flash and the system will fade out, gentle slope. allowing the vehicle speed to gradually 3. Decrease the descent speed.

140 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Hill descent control (HDC)

Each gear has a pre-determined minimum speed. If a fault is detected in the HDC system, HDC FAULT SYSTEM NOT AVAILABLE will appear in the message center and HDC assistance will fade out. If the fault is detected while the system is operating, HDC assistance will fade out. Contact a Retailer/Authorized Repairer as soon as possible.

GRADIENT RELEASE CONTROL 2013. (GRC) With HDC activated, if the vehicle is stopped on a slope using the foot brake, GRC will become active (except in Terrain response Sand program). During a hill ascent when the foot Limited brake is released GRC will automatically delay and graduate the brake release, to allow the vehicle to move smoothly away. When descending a hill, a similar brake hold and gradual release is employed to provide a smooth transition into HDC control. Roverreserved. GRC operates in forward and reverse gears and requires no driver intervention. BRAKE TEMPERATURELandrights In extreme circumstances, the HDC system may cause brake temperatures to exceed their pre-set limits. If this occurs Allthe warning HDC TEMPORARILY UNAVAILABLE will be displayed in the message center. HDC will then fade outJaguar and become temporarily inactive. Once© the brakes have reached an acceptable temperature, the message will disappear (or the warning lamp will extinguish) and HDC will, if required, resume operation.

141 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Automatic speed limiter (ASL)

ASLAutomatic speed limiter (ASL)CONTROLS

2013.

Limited

When a speed has been set, the engine will Roverrespond normally up to the set speed. In certain conditions, such as a steep reserved. Further accelerator pressure will not downhill gradient, the vehicle speed may increase the speed beyond the set speed exceed the set speed limit. This is because unless sudden, rapid acceleration engine braking is unable to maintain or (kickdown) is applied. If kickdown is reduce the vehicle speed, driverLand intervention initiated, ASL will be suspended. may be required. rights 3. Decrease speed limit. The set speed limit 1. ASL on/off. The ASL button switches will be displayed in the message center. between cruise control and ASL.All The systems cannot be used simultaneously. 4. Suspend ASL assistance. ASL can also be The ASL warning lamp will illuminate when suspended by applying sudden, rapid ASL is active.Jaguar See 68, AUTOMATIC SPEED acceleration (kickdown). LIMITER© (AMBER). 5. Resume ASL assistance. ASL will only Note: ASL only operates at speeds resume if the vehicle speed is less than the between 18 mph (30 km/h) and 150 mph set speed and greater than 18 mph (30 (240 km/h). However, the speed limit can km/h). If these criteria are not met, a be set while the vehicle is stationary. message will be displayed in the message center. 2. Set/increase speed limit. The set speed limit will be displayed in the message center.

142 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Audio/video overview

AUDIO/VIDEOAudio/video overview CONTROLS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved. Note: If volume is turned to zero while a Compact Disc (CD) is playing, the CD will Do not adjust the touch screen controls, or pause play. Play will resume when a allow the system to distract the driver, while Land greater volume is selected. the vehicle is moving. Driver distractionrights can lead to accidents, causing serious injury or 3. Touch screen death. 4. AUDIO VIDEO. Press for direct access to All the Audio/Video menu. 5. CD/Digital Versatile Disc (DVD) eject Sustained exposure to high sound levels button. (greaterJaguar than 85 decibels) can damage your hearing.© 6. CD/DVD loading slot. 1. Press to switch the audio system on/off. The player will accommodate 1 disc at a time, but up to 10 CDs can be uploaded Note: The audio system will operate with into the CD store. Only Compact Disc the ignition on or off, but will always switch Digital Audio (CDDA) discs can be off when the ignition is switched off. uploaded into the CD store. Switch the audio on again if required. Only discs with CDDA tracks and no other 2. Rotate to adjust volume level. type, can be uploaded to the Stored CD store.

143 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Audio/video overview

Insert a disc into the loading slot until To adjust the sound settings: resistance is felt. The player mechanism 1. Touch the + or - soft keys to adjust Bass, will complete the loading. Treble or Subwoofer levels. 7. Press to increase volume for any source. 2. If Meridian Surround is fitted, touch 8. Seek up: DPLIIx, DTS Neo:6, Meridian Trifield or Short press: select Stereo to switch surround sound off • To select the next radio preset. 3. If Meridian Signature Reference is fitted, • To select the next track on chosen select 3D surround and touch DPLIIz, audio source - CD, MP3 etc. DTSNeo:X, Meridian Trifield 3D to activate 3D surround mode. • when telephone is in use, press to scroll up lists of calls or phonebook Note: Surround sound options2013. are not entries. available for certain sources where the surround sound mode is set automatically. Long press: To adjust balance and fade: • To auto seek up the frequency to the next radio station. 9. Press to decrease volume for any source. Limited 10. MODE. Press repeatedly to scroll through all audio/video sources. 11. Seek down: Short press: • To select the previous radio preset. Roverreserved. • To select the previous track or start of current track on chosen audio source - CD, MP3 etc. • When telephone is in use,Land press to 1. From the Sound settings menu, select scroll down lists of calls or phonebookrights Balance/Fade . entries. 2. Touch the arrow soft keys to move the • To select the previous TV channelAll on sound focal point to the desired area of the the channel list or the previous DVD vehicle. Alternatively, touch the sound chapter. focal point and 'drag' it to the required Jaguar position. Long press: • ©to auto seek down the frequency to the LOADING DISCS next radio station.

AUDIO SETTINGS Do not force the disc into the slot. To view the audio/video menu, press the audio video button or the Audio settings soft key on Do not use irregular shaped CDs or DVDs and the touch screen. those with a scratch protection film or self-adhesive label attached.

144 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Audio/video overview

The CD unit will play compact discs that conform to the international Red Book standard audio specification. Playback of CDs not conforming to this standard cannot be guaranteed.

Recordable (CD-R) discs and re-writable (CD-RW) discs may not function correctly.

Recordable (DVD-R or DVD+R) discs may not 2013. function correctly. Manufactured under license from Dolby Dual format, dual-sided discs (DVD Plus, Laboratories. CD-DVD format) are thicker than normal CDs Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks and consequently playback cannot be of Dolby Laboratories. guaranteed, and jamming may occur. Limited It is recommended that only high quality 4.7 in. (12 cm) circular discs are used. The unit will play Compact Disc Digital Audio (CDDA) discs, MP3, WMA, WAV and AAC files. The CD/DVD player will accommodate oneRover CD reserved. or DVD disc at a time but up to 10 CDs can be uploaded onto the virtual store. Only CDDA discs can be loaded into the virtual CD store. Landrights LICENSING All Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #’s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535; 7,003,467 & other U.S. Jaguar and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS, the Symbol, and Neo:6 are registered © trademarks, & DTS Digital Surround and the DTS logos are trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product includes software. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved.

145 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Audio/video overview

ABOUT DIVX VIDEO-ON-DEMAND: This DivX Certified® device must be registered in order to play DivX Video-on-Demand (VOD) content. To generate the registration code, locate the DivX VOD section in the device setup menu. Go to vod.divx.com with this code to complete the registration process and learn more about DivX VOD. Covered by one or more of the following U.S. Patents: 7,295,673; 7,460,668; 7,519,274 EOM. 2013.

Manufactured under license under U.S. Patent #’s: 5,451,942; 5,956,674; 5,974,380; 5,978,762; 6,487,535 & other U.S. and worldwide patents issued & pending. DTS and the Symbol are registered trademarks, & DTS Limited 2.0+ Digital Out and the DTS logos are Music and video recognition technology and trademarks of DTS, Inc. Product includes related data are provided by Gracenote®. software. © DTS, Inc. All Rights Reserved. Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery. For more information, please visit Roverwww.gracenote.com.reserved. CD, DVD, Blu-ray Disc, and music and video-related data from Gracenote, Inc., copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. Land Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to DivX Certified® to play DivX® video. rightspresent Gracenote. One or more patents owned DivX®, DivX Certified® and associated logos by Gracenote apply to this product and service. are registered trademarks of DivX, Inc.All and are See the Gracenote website for a used under license. non-exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote ABOUT DIVX VIDEO: DivX® is a digital video patents. Gracenote, CDDB, MusicID, format createdJaguar by DivX, Inc. This is an official MediaVOCS, the Gracenote logo and logotype, DivX Certified device that plays DivX video. and the "Powered by Gracenote" logo are either Visit www.divx.com© for more information and registered trademarks or trademarks of software tools to convert your files into DivX Gracenote in the United States and/or other video. countries.

146 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Audio/video overview

GRACENOTE® END USER LICENSING The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier AGREEMENT to track queries for statistical purposes. The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric This application or device contains software identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California count queries without knowing anything about (“Gracenote”). The software from Gracenote who you are. For more information, see the (the “Gracenote Software”) enables this web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for application to perform disc and/or file the Gracenote service. identification and obtain music-related information, including name, artist, track, and The Gracenote Software and each item of title information (“Gracenote Data”) from Gracenote Data are licensed to you “AS IS.” online servers or embedded databases Gracenote makes no representations or (collectively, “Gracenote Servers”) and to warranties, express or implied,2013. regarding the perform other functions. You may use accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Data only by means of the intended Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves the End-User functions of this application or right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers device. or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient. No warranty is You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, the made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Software, and Gracenote Servers for Limited Gracenote Servers are error-free or that your own personal non-commercial use only. functioning of Gracenote Software or You agree not to assign, copy, transfer or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted. transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with Gracenote Data to any third party. YOU AGREE new enhanced or additional data types or NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, Roverreserved.categories that Gracenote may provide in the THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR future and is free to discontinue its services at GRACENOTE SERVERS, EXCEPT AS any time. EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN. GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES You agree that your non-exclusive license to Land EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenoterights LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF Software, and Gracenote Servers will terminate MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A if you violate these restrictions. If your license All PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND terminates, you agree to cease any and all use NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE and Gracenote Servers. Gracenote reserves all Jaguar OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE rights in Gracenote Data, the Gracenote SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN Software, and the Gracenote Servers, including © NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR all ownership rights. Under no circumstances ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL will Gracenote become liable for any payment DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR to you for any information that you provide. LOST REVENUES. You agree that Gracenote, Inc. may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you © Gracenote, Inc. 2009 directly in its own name.

147 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Radio

RADIORadio CONTROLS

2013.

Limited Note: When manual seek is selected, auto seek cannot be selected for Do not adjust the touch screen controls, or approximately 10 seconds. allow the system to distract the driver, while the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can 4. Information. More information from the lead to accidents, causing injury or death. Roverbroadcastingreserved. station. 1. Radio: Waveband selection. Touch to view 5. Seek up: and select a waveband. The radio will tune • Short touch to auto seek up the to the last used station on that waveband. frequency to the next radio station. Touch again to close. Land • Long touch to activate manual seek The waveband selection box will close rights mode. Further short touches change automatically after 5 seconds without use. the frequency in single increments. A further long touch will scan forwards 2. Displays information about theAll current through the current waveband until the station. soft key is released. 3. Seek down: Jaguar 6. Settings: Touch to view and • Short touch to auto seek down the activate/deactivate the following features: ©frequency to the next radio station. RBDS and HD Radio. See 149, RADIO • Long touch to activate manual seek BROADCAST DATA SYSTEM (RBDS). mode. Further short touches change 7. Station list (FM only): Select to view a list the frequency in single decrements. A of available stations on the waveband. The further long touch will scan backwards list can be sorted by Frequency, Name or through the current waveband until the Category (pop, news, sport etc.) by soft key is released. selecting the appropriate soft key. Touch to select the chosen station.

148 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Radio

If the stations are sorted by category, ALERTS touch the chosen category to view and The ALERT! option in the Category section of select a corresponding station. the Station list will alert you to a crisis of 8. Frequency input: Select to enter a known national or international importance. Any radio frequency of a station on the current broadcast or other audio playback will be waveband, using the numeric keypad that interrupted. When such a broadcast is made, appears. Select OK or wait for 2 seconds to an ALERT pop-up will be displayed on the tune to the entered frequency. touch screen. The pop-up can be cancelled, but 9. Station presets: Each waveband has 6 the audio alert will continue to broadcast until preset positions. finished or until the radio station or audio • Touch and release to tune to the source is changed. 2013. station stored on that preset. • Touch and hold to store the current station on that preset (the radio will mute while the station is stored then beep). • Use the seek buttons on the steering Limited wheel to change to the next or previous preset station.

RADIO BROADCAST DATA SYSTEM (RBDS) Roverreserved. Your radio is equipped with RBDS which enables the audio unit to receive additional information with normal FM radio signals. Note: Not all FM radio stationsLand broadcast RBDS information. rights Select Settings then select RBDS On to view or alter RBDS settings. All • RBDS station name display. The station name will not display if it is not available fromJaguar the broadcaster or if RBDS is unavailable due to loss of reception. •©RBDS enables stations to be categorized by program type, e.g., rock music, current affairs, news, etc. The list is then available to view via the Station list soft key.

149 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

HD Radio™

HD Radio™ RADIO™ TECHNOLOGY HD Radio™ Technology Manufactured Under HD Radio™ systems provide digital radio License From iBiquity Digital Corp. U.S. and broadcasts on AM/FM radio alongside the Foreign Patents. HD Radio™ and the HD Radio analog radio signals. HD Radio technology is logo are proprietary trademarks of iBiquity capable of providing improved audio quality Digital Corp. compared to the analog broadcast. When tuned to an HD Radio channel, the HD Radio™ technology operates in a very station name shown in the display, is prefixed similar way to the standard AM/FM system. For by HD. If there are multicast services available, information on storing stations, waveband the station name will be prefixed by HD1. selection etc. see 148, RADIO CONTROLS. TUNING TO MULTICAST SERVICES When an HD Radio signal is detected and 2013. received, the tuner gradually blends Multicast services (extra digital audio automatically between the analog and the channels) can be received on HD Radio™ digital audio. channel broadcasts. Their availability is dependent upon the channel broadcaster. If an In areas of poor reception due to signal HD Radio channel features multicast services, masking and transmitter strengths, the HD HD1 will be displayed. Radio™ system may switch between the HD Limited Radio primary signal and the corresponding To access any available multicast services, use analog broadcast more frequently. If tuned to a the seek buttons on the audio unit. The multicast service, the audio may mute more selected service (HD2, HD3 etc.) will be frequently. displayed. Note: During this process, a change in volumeRover Note: If the last of the multicast stations is levels may be experienced. The volume passedreserved. when using the seek arrows, then the matching between the analog and digital signal next analog station will be selected. There will is dependent upon the broadcaster. be a delay while the unit tunes to the next available analog frequency. Note: If poor reception and autoLand switching becomes unacceptable, it is recommended rightsthat Multicast channels can be stored as presets HD is switched off or the radio tuned to an HD and used as normal. When recalling a multicast Radio service with better coverage. preset, a short delay may be experienced during which the audio is muted. The HD Radio digital signal is transmittedAll at the same frequency as the analog signal and can If the signal is lost when listening to a multicast also provide Jaguaradditional multicast channel service, the audio will be muted. services where available. To switch© the HD Radio feature on and off: • Select Settings. • Select HD Off to deactivate or On to activate HD Radio.

150 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Satellite radio

SATELLITESatellite radio RADIO CONTROLS

2013.

Limited 5. Seek up: Do not adjust the touch screen controls, or • Touch to find the next available allow the system to distract the driver, while channel. the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can 6. Channel presets: Each SAT band has six lead to accidents, causing serious injuryRover or reserved. preset positions. death. • Touch and release to tune to the 1. Satellite band selection: channel stored on that preset. • Touch to select satellite radio. • Touch and hold to store the current • Touch + to view andLand select a band (SAT channel stored on that preset. 1, 2 or 3). The radio will tunerights to the last • Use the seek buttons on the steering used channel on that band. wheel to select the next or previous preset channel. The Satellite band selectionAll box will close after 5 seconds without use or can be Note: If a selected preset channel is closed by selecting SAT radio. unsubscribed, or has become Jaguar unsubscribed, the Sirius phone number 2. Display showing the current channel, the and a message will be displayed. See 152, associated Category and relevant radio © SUBSCRIPTION SETUP. Only subscribed text. channels can be saved as presets. 3. Seek down: • Touch to seek previous available channel. 4. Channel information: Touch to view a pop-up of information broadcast by the channel.

151 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Satellite radio

7. Settings. Select to view the Settings menu: 10. Browse: Select from the list of categories • Options: To activate/deactivate Song to view the details (channel number, artist seek and to view and edit the Song and title of current track) of the channels in memory. the selected category. • Channel skip: Select individual Note: If there is more information than can channels or entire categories (select fit on the display, select I to view all the Skip all) from the list. The selected information available. channels/categories will be skipped Select a channel from the list to tune to that when using the Seek controls. channel (list is still displayed for further • Parental lock: Select individual browsing). channels or entire categories (Lock 11. Add song: Select to add the2013. currently all) from the list. Locked channels/ playing song title to the song memory. categories cannot be selected without Subsequently, if a subscribed channel is first entering the correct PIN. broadcasting a song and its title is stored in A 4-digit PIN needs to be entered to the song memory, a pop-up will be access the parental lock area. The displayed giving you the option to tune to default PIN is “0000” Select Edit PIN to that channel.Limited change the PIN. If the song memory is full and the vehicle Note: If the PIN is forgotten, it can be is stationary, the option to edit the memory reset by touching and holding Parental is available on a pop-up screen. Existing lock for 10 seconds, then touching and song titles can be deleted from the holding SAT information for 10 memory, allowing alternative song titles to seconds. Roverbereserved. stored. • SAT information: Select to view your SIRIUS ID number and subscription SUBSCRIPTION SETUP contact number. Channel 184 (The Weather Channel) is 8. Channel list: Touch to viewLand a list of available as a preview channel for a limited time available categories. Select the desiredrights only. Once the preview has expired, or to category to view the list of corresponding receive further satellite radio stations, you will channels. Make your channel selectionAll need to subscribe to SIRIUS. from the list. From inside your vehicle, call SIRIUS using the 9. Channel input: Select to use the numerical displayed number. You will need your credit touch-padJaguar to enter a channel number. The card details and the SIRIUS ID number (also OK© soft key can be used at any time to enter displayed on-screen). your selection. If a single number, e.g. 7, is Note: With a Bluetooth®phone paired and entered, SDARS will tune to that channel. connected to the vehicle, you can touch the If 07 or 007 is entered, SDARS will still green phone icon to call the SIRIUS tune to the same channel. If OK is not subscription line. touched after numbers are selected, the station will automatically tune to that station following a time out period.

152 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Satellite radio

SATELLITE RADIO RECEPTION Satellite radio can significantly increase the number of radio channels available. Where satellite signal strength is adversely affected by terrain, ground transmitters are used to relay the signal. Note: If any auxiliary electrical equipment is connected to the vehicle, then this may reduce the radio sound quality. 2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

153 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Portable media

PORTABLEPortable media MEDIA CONTROLS

Do not place any item connected to the Do not adjust the touch screen controls, or auxiliary input socket or the auxiliary power allow the system to distract the driver, while socket on the seats, carpets, or other the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can upholstery. The heat generated by these lead to accidents, causing serious injury or devices may cause damage to the vehicle and, death. in some extreme cases, a fire.

Make sure that any auxiliary devices are Read the manufacturer's instructions for any stored securely while the vehicle is in device, before it is connected to2013. the audio motion. Any loose objects are potential system. hazards during sudden maneuvers, emergency braking or accidents.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All See 143, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS. 2. Display of information about the current My music includesJaguar CD, iPod, USB, AUX and track, including elapsed run-time. Some of Bluetooth® devices. The full infotainment this information is also displayed in the system© also includes Stored CD. instrument panel. 1. Touch the My music icon to display all Note: Only connected devices that support options. Select an option. ID3 shall have the information displayed. Note: Sound quality and volume levels 3. Settings: For MP3 recorded media, you available from devices connected to the can select the number of list entries that auxiliary input may vary widely. are skipped when you use the page up/down arrows when navigating a list.

154 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Portable media

4. Track list. Select to view current CD or 8. Repeat: Stored CD track list. Select a track to start In CD mode: playback. • Touch and release to repeat the current 5. Browse. (iPod, USB and Stored CD modes track continuously until Repeat mode only). is cancelled. Repeat track is displayed. • Select to view the contents of the • Touch and release again to repeat the connected device which are displayed current Stored CD (or folder for MP3 as dictated by the file structure. discs) continuously until Repeat mode • Select a file to start playback (Browse is cancelled. Repeat disc or Repeat view will remain). Select a folder or folder is displayed. subfolder to view their contents. • Touch and release2013. a third time to • To return to the Controls menu, select cancel Repeat mode. the Back soft key. Note: Selecting Shuffle will cancel Repeat Note: If the iPhone is connected via a mode, but Repeat track can be selected USB cable so that Audio can be played with Shuffle mode active (cancels the or for phone charging, Bluetooth Audio previously selected shuffle mode). is disconnected. LimitedIn USB or iPod mode: 6. Upload: Applicable to Stored CD menu • Select to repeat the current track. only. • Select again to repeat the current Select to view and manage the CDs loaded folder (USB) or to cancel repeat mode onto the CD store. (iPod). Select again to cancel repeat • Select Upload alongside an emptyRover slot reserved. mode in USB. to upload the current CD. There are 10 Note: Repeat mode is not available for slots available. Bluetooth® devices. • If the CD store is full, select Replace to Note: Selecting Shuffle will cancel Repeat overwrite an existingLand CD. rights mode. In each case a confirmation pop-up will 9. Pause/Play: Select to pause playback. appear. Select Yes to continue. Select again to resume playback. Note: Loading time is dependentAll on 10. Information: More information about the content type. A % count up is displayed. current track. Other features can be selected while uploadJaguar is in progress. 7.©Skip/Scan forward: • Touch and release to skip to the next track. • Touch and hold to scan forwards through the current track. Play will resume when the soft key is released.

155 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Portable media

11. Shuffle: If you are connecting an iPod, mass storage or • Touch and release once to play random Bluetooth® device, use the touch screen to tracks from the current CD, MP3 operate and search the device. Many of the folder, USB folder or iPod playlist. A controls are similar to those available for CD Shuffle message is displayed. play. • Touch and release again to play random tracks from CD, MP3 disc, Please disconnect your iPod when leaving the USB folders or tracks on the media vehicle. Failure to do so may result in the iPod device or tracks loaded onto the CD battery discharging. store. Shuffle all is displayed. Note: The audio system will play MP3, WMA • Touch and release again to cancel and AAC files. Shuffle mode 2013. To maximize playback quality, it is Note: Shuffle mode is not available for recommended that lossless compression is Bluetooth® devices. used for any media files on USB or iPod. Failing 12. Skip/Scan backward: this, it is recommended that compressed files • Touch and release within 3 seconds of utilize a minimum bitrate of 192 kb/s (a higher track playback to skip to the previous bitrate is stronglyLimited recommended). track. Note: iPod and iPhone are registered • Touch and release after 3 seconds of trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. track playback to skip to the beginning and other countries. of the current track. Note: Some MP3 players have their own file • Touch and hold to scan backwards Roversystemreserved. that is not supported by this system. To through the current track. Playback will use your MP3 player, you must set it to USB resume when the soft key is released. Removable Device or Mass Storage Device mode. Only music that has been added to the PORTABLE MEDIA CONNECTIONSLand device in this mode can be played. Portable media devices can be connected torights the front media hub located in the cubby box. Compatible portable devices include:All • USB mass storage devices (e.g. a memory stick). Devices must use FAT or FAT32 file format. Jaguar • iPod® (iPod Classic, Touch, Nano and iPhone®© are supported - full functionality for older devices cannot be guaranteed). iPod Shuffle functionality cannot be guaranteed. • Auxiliary device (personal audio, MP3 players, all iPods). Note: Auxiliary devices have no touch screen control.

156 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Portable media

CONNECTING A DEVICE Do not plug non-audio devices into the USB port. Always refit the rubber cover when a portable device is not plugged in. This prevents damage Note: A USB hub cannot be used to connect to the sockets. The cover is not waterproof. more than one USB device to the audio unit. Note: Devices connected to the USB ports will be charged, but devices that are fully discharged will not play. Note: Options such as Repeat and Mix relate to the device currently playing, they will not apply to any subsequent2013. device. The 3.5mm AUX socket allows additional equipment (e.g. personal stereos MP3 player, hand-held navigation unit, etc.) to be connected to the audio system. Note: iPod shuffle may be connected via the AUXLimited socket. Note: On vehicles fitted with rear seat 1. USB sockets. entertainment, additional Audio/Visual sockets 2. iPod socket. are provided. This allows auxiliary equipment (such as a video game console) to be linked to 3. 3.5 mm AUX socket. Roverreserved.the rear DVD screens. For installation 4. Rear media USB/iPod sockets. information, please refer to the manufacturer’s 5. Rear media AV sockets. instructions. Connect the device into the appropriate socket. Land PLAYING A PORTABLE DEVICE Note: Use the cable supplied with yourrights media device to connect to the USB socket. If you are using a USB mass storage device or approved iPod, you can control playback using the touch screen controls. Read the manufacturer's instructionsAll for any If you are using a Bluetooth® device, you can device, before it is connected to the audio control playback using the touch screen, but system. Ensure that the device is suitable, and Jaguar some controls are unavailable. comply with any instructions regarding connection© and operation. Failure to do so may If you are using any portable media device via result in damage to the vehicle’s audio system the AUX socket, then you must control or the auxiliary device. playback from the device itself. When an iPod is connected, playback will continue from the point at which it was last Land Rover does not recommend the use of a playing, provided the iPod battery is in a good Hard Disc Drive via the USB link while the state of charge. vehicle is in motion. These devices are not designed for in car use and may be damaged.

157 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Portable media

CONNECTING MULTIPLE DEVICES Note: The vehicle’s Bluetooth® system is only discoverable for 3 minutes. Do not plug non-audio devices into the USB 6. Using the media device, search for port. Bluetooth® devices. On some media devices, this is referred to as new paired You can connect multiple devices device. See your media device’s operating simultaneously to the portable media interface instructions for further information. and switch between them using the touch screen. Select iPod, USB, Bluetooth or AUX, to 7. When the vehicle’s Bluetooth® system is switch between modes. discovered, follow the on-screen instructions. Select Yes when prompted, to The device docked first will remain the active confirm the pairing. device until you choose to change. 2013. Either your device or the vehicle system If, after changing to the newly-docked device, will ask for a PIN (Personal Identification you change back to the first device, play will Number). When prompted, enter a PIN of resume at the point you left it (USB and iPod your choice and select OK to confirm. only). 8. Enter the same PIN into the other device. Note: You cannot use a USB hub to connect more than one USB device to the audio unit. 9. Once yourLimited device is paired and connected to the system, a confirmation message will Note: Devices connected to the iPod and USB be displayed, before switching to the My ports will be charged, but devices that are fully music, Bluetooth® screen. discharged will not play. Note: Some media players do not Note: Options such as Repeat and Shuffle Roverautomaticallyreserved. connect and need to be relate to the device currently playing; they will manually connected, via the device or by not apply to any subsequent device. using the Change device option. PAIRING AND CONNECTINGLand USING PAIRING AND CONNECTING USING THE MEDIA PLAYER rightsTHE TOUCH SCREEN For further information on Bluetooth®, see For further information on Bluetooth®, see 168, BLUETOOTH® INFORMATIONAll. 168, BLUETOOTH® INFORMATION. Note: The process of pairing and connecting 1. Switch on your device’s Bluetooth® your media device with the vehicle, using the connection. Make sure that it is in media device,Jaguar will vary depending on the type Bluetooth® discoverable mode, of media device sometimes referred to as find me mode 1. Switch© on the ignition and ensure the touch (see your device’s operating instructions screen is active. for more information). 2. From the Home menu, select Audio/Video, 2. Switch on the ignition and ensure the touch then My music. screen is active. 3. Touch Bluetooth. 3. From the Home menu, select Audio/Video, 4. A menu will appear. Select Change device. then My music. 5. Select Device to vehicle option. 4. Touch Bluetooth.

158 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Portable media

5. A menu will appear. Select Change device. 6. Select Vehicle to device. 7. Identify your device from the displayed list and select the corresponding Pair and connect option. Note: If more than 5 devices are detected, it may be necessary to use the scroll bar to see the entire list. 8. When prompted, enter the PIN (Personal Identification Number) code into your device. See your device's operating 2013. instructions for more information. 9. Once your device is connected to the system, a confirmation message will be displayed, before switching to the My media, Bluetooth® view. Note: Due to the duration of a Bluetooth® Limited search, it is advisable that the time-out to home screen feature is switched off before attempting to search for Bluetooth® devices. This setting can be changed within Set-up, Screen, Time out home. Roverreserved. LOSS OF CONNECTION If a loss of connection between the vehicle and the Bluetooth® device occurs,Land a pop-up is displayed. Select Reconnect to automaticallyrights restore the connection. A confirmation pop-up will appear before the touch Allscreen reverts to its previous mode.

CHANGING/DISCONNECTINGJaguar A DEVICE© 1. From the menu, select Change device. 2. Select Disconnect. A confirmation pop-up will appear and then you will be given the option to Search new or select a different device from the list of paired devices.

159 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Video media player

VIDEOVideo media player MEDIA PLAYER CONTROLS

2013.

Limited VOD allows playing of DivX VOD content from a video media. The eight digit Do not adjust the touch screen, or allow the registration code will be displayed when system to distract the driver, while the the VOD soft key is touched. vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can lead to accidents, causing serious injury or death.RoverThe player must also be registered with DivX.reserved. 1. My video: Video input selection. 4. Tools: The following options can be Touch the + icon to view and select DVD or selected: other forms of video media (CD/USB), provided the relevant mediaLand is present. The • GOTO: The GOTO menu allows you to selected option will be displayed. rights access specific parts of the video, by Chapter or Title number. Note: After 5 seconds without use, the My • Subtitles. video menu will close. All • Angle. 2. Preview screen for video media information:Jaguar Touch to select full screen • Audio. mode. • Top menu. Short© touch the screen again to view the 5. Menu: Select to view the Video media controls at any time. menu. On some screens this may be replaced by a Browse soft key. To return to preview mode, touch and hold the full screen view. 6. Seek up: Select to view the next DVD chapter or to scroll through video media 3. Settings: Depending on the video media files. specification, there are 2 sub-menus within settings: Options, VOD (Video On Demand) 7. Select to pre-stop playback. A second and Audio settings. touch will stop and reset the DVD.

160 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Video media player

8. Select to start/restart play. 9. Seek down: Select to view the previous DVD chapter or to scroll through video media files. Note: For information on the use of the audio/video controls on the audio unit and steering wheel, see 143, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS.

VIDEO MEDIA INHIBIT WITH VEHICLE MOVING 2013. When the vehicle is moving the video picture will automatically be inhibited. The touch screen will display the My video screen and the relevant safety message will be displayed. FULL SCREEN VIEW Limited When full screen mode is selected, the seek controls operate in the same manner as they do in preview mode. Use the relevant soft key to select the 4:3, 16:9 or Zoom option to magnify the picture.Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

161 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Rear media

REARRear media MEDIA CONTROL FROM THE TOUCH SCREEN

2013.

Limited

Do not adjust the main audio unit’s controlsRover or allow the system to distract the driver reserved. while the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can lead to accidents causing serious injury or death. Land 1. Select rear media. rights 2. Current media display. 3. Left screen select. All 4. Right screen select. 5. Settings Jaguarscreen. 6. Remote control lock. 7. Turns© the selected screen on/off. 8. Rear media on/off, for the selected user. 9. Audio source select. 10. Video source select. Note: When the main rear media control screen is displayed on the touch screen, the rear media remote control will be locked out.

162 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Rear media

REAR MEDIA REMOTE CONTROL

2013.

Limited

Note: The rear media remote control 12. Touch screen brightness increase. communicates via infra-red and must be 13. Touch screen settings. pointed towards the receiver in the rearRover screen. reserved. 1. Press to undock remote control. REAR MEDIA SETTINGS The rear media settings screen allows Do not press the touch screen to undock the Limousine Mode. remote control. Land rights When Limousine Mode is on, the rear 2. Touch screen. passengers will have control of the total cabin 3. Home screen. All audio system via the remote control. 4. Video source. USING RSE 5. Audio source. Jaguar The system is operated using the remote 6. Right screen select. control. The remote is removed from the arm 7.©Right screen tell-tale. Illuminates when rest by pressing the top of the remote to right screen has been selected. unlatch it. 8. Cursor movement and option select buttons. Do not attempt to pull the remote control out of 9. Left screen tell-tale. Illuminates when left its docked position. screen has been selected. When the system is activated the remote 10. Left screen select. control touch screen becomes active. 11. Touch screen brightness decrease.

163 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Rear media

2013. Use the left/right screen select keys on the rear media remote control, or the front touch screen controls, to allow further options to be set and selected. Note: A help screen is available from each screen/menu. To view the help screen for Limited guidance on the available functions and options, touch the question mark (?) icon.

HEADPHONES The volume control for each set of headphonesRover is adjusted on the headphones. reserved.

REMOTE CONTROL BATTERY The remote control battery is automaticallyLand recharged while the remote is docked. Therights battery should only be changed or removed by a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer.All Jaguar ©

164 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Voice control

USINGVoice control VOICE CONTROL

2013.

Limited there is no user input for a sustained length of time. It is not possible to start a new Do not allow the telephone, navigation or voice session until the warning has been touch screen systems to distract the driver cleared. while the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can lead to accidents causingRover reserved.2. Voice symbol: Indicates that a command is serious injury or death. available. Wait for the symbol to appear and a tone to sound before using the Note: The voice system has been designed to command. recognise a number of languages. However, Land Rover cannot guaranteeLand the system will 3. Command list: Appears in the instrument be compatible with every accent grouprights within panel, providing feedback and available those languages. Please speak to your Land commands at each stage of the voice Rover Retailer/Authorized RepairerAll about session. Say an available command. testing the Voice System for compatibility with Note: As the commands are listed before a particular accent group. the system is ready to listen, it is important 1. VoiceJaguar button: Press briefly to start a voice to wait for the voice symbol to appear session. Press and hold to cancel a voice alongside the relevant command, before ©session. using the command. Note: Briefly press the Voice button during 4. When displayed, say Cancel to cancel the a voice session, to interrupt audible current voice session. feedback. Wait for the tone to sound before 5. When displayed, say Help to get assistance giving the next command. during a voice session. A voice session will cancel if a high priority warning appears in the message center or

165 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Voice control

Note: The currently selected user (User 1 5. Follow the on-screen and audible or User 2) is identified at the bottom of the instructions. command list. The training session can be cancelled at any Note: If a listed item is longer than the time by selecting Cancel from the on-screen available space on the menu, ...> will pop-up or by pressing and holding the Voice appear. Use the seek controls on the button. steering wheel to view the entire entry. See 143, AUDIO/VIDEO CONTROLS. VOICETAGS Voicetags enable the user to personalize the VOICE TUTORIAL Voice system so that a single name can be used To listen to a tutorial detailing the operation of to call-up a navigation destination, telephone the Voice system: number or radio channel. 2013. 1. Briefly press the Voice button to start a To add a Voicetag: voice session. 1. Briefly press the Voice button to start a 2. Wait for the tone to sound, then say Voice Voice session. tutorial. 2. Wait for the tone to sound then say Phone, Alternatively, the tutorial can be selected using NavigationLimited or Radio. the touch screen, as follows. 3. Say Store voicetag. 1. Select Setup from the touch screen Home Alternatively, Voicetags can be managed via menu. the touch screen as follows: 2. Select Voice from the Setup menu. Rover1. Select Setup from the Home menu. 3. Select Operating guide from the Voice 2. Selectreserved. Voice from the Setup menu. settings menu. 3. Select Voicetags from the Voice settings 4. Select Voice tutorial. menu. The voice tutorial can be cancelledLand at any time 4. Select the system which the Voicetag is to by selecting Cancel on the on-screen pop-uprights activate (Phone, Navigation or or by pressing and holding the Voice button. Radio/SDARS). Follow the on-screen and audible instructions. VOICE TRAINING All This is a feature designed to enable the system NAVIGATION POI VOICE COMMANDS to better recognise the vocal characteristics of Jaguar To request the display of POI (Point Of Interest) a user, once the training has been completed. identifiers on the navigation display: To carry© out Voice training: Say Navigation, followed by the name of the 1. Select Setup from the Home menu. desired POI category from the following list: 2. Select Voice from the Setup menu. • Gas station/gas. 3. Select Voice training from the Voice • Parking. settings menu. • Land Rover. 4. Select User 1 or User 2, to start the • Hospital. training. • Police station.

166 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Voice control

• Golf course. • Tourist information. • Restaurant/I’m hungry. • Shopping mall. • Hotel. • Rest area. • City center. • ATM. Icons will appear on the navigation display, indicating the locations of the selected POI. For further information about POIs, see 183, 2013. CATEGORIES AND SUB-CATEGORIES.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

167 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Telephone

TELEPHONETelephone SYSTEM OVERVIEW

2013.

Limited 9. Mute microphone. Initiate Privacy mode. While selected, the caller will not hear you Do not adjust the touch screen controls, or talking. allow the system to distract the driver, while the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can 10. Auto reject. When active, any incoming lead to accidents, causing serious injury or Rovercallsreserved. will be rejected or diverted to voice death. mail (depending on cell phone settings). 1. Change phone. Search new or change to 11. Use handset. Switch the call to your cell another paired phone. phone. 2. Last 10. Access the last 10 dialed,Land received 12. Delete. Touch to delete the last entered and missed calls. rightsdigit, and hold to delete the whole entered number. 3. Phonebook. Access the downloaded phonebook. All BLUETOOTH® INFORMATION 4. Digit Dial. Access Digit Dial mode. 5. Touch andJaguar hold to retrieve your Voice mail. Bluetooth® is the name for short- 6. Status display: Displays the name and/or range radio frequency (RF) number© dialed and call duration. technology that allows electronic devices to communicate 7. Call Connect/Disconnect icons. Touch to wirelessly with each other. send/accept or end/reject a call. 8. Settings. Access Voice mail set up, Answer options and Phone options.

168 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Telephone

The Land Rover Bluetooth® system supports Bluetooth® Hands-Free Profile (HFP) Drivers should never text message while Advanced Audio Distribution Profile (A2DP) driving. Texting while driving diverts and Audio Video Remote Control Profile attention from the road and can lead to (AVRCP). accidents, causing serious injury or death. Note: HFP and A2DP/AVRCP profile can be connected independently, so a phone can be connected via one, while a media device can be Switch off your telephone in areas with a high connected via the other, at the same time. explosion risk. This includes filling stations, Before making use of the vehicle’s Bluetooth® fuel storage areas or chemical factories, as phone system, your Bluetooth® phone must well as places where the air contains fuel be paired and connected to the vehicle system. vapor (such as an open2013. vehicle hood), This is done using one of two methods; via chemicals or metal dust. The telephone could your phone to the vehicle or from the touch trigger an explosion, or cause a fire. screen to your phone. If one of these methods is not successful, try the other option. The functioning of cardiac pacemakers or Each time the ignition is switched on, the hearing aids may be impaired when the system will attempt to connect with the last Limited phone is in use. Check with a doctor or connected phone. manufacturer whether any such devices you As cell phones have a wide range of audio and or your passengers are using, are sufficiently echo characteristics, it may take a few seconds protected against high-frequency energy. for the vehicle system to adapt and deliver optimum audio performance. To achieveRover this, it reserved. may be necessary to reduce the in-vehicle Always stow your mobile phone securely. In volume and ventilation fan speed slightly. an accident, loose items can cause injury. The Health Industry Manufacturers' TELEPHONE SAFETYLand Association recommends that a minimum rights separation of 6 inches (15 centimetres) is maintained between a wireless phone antenna Even when using the BluetoothAll hands-free and a pacemaker, to avoid potential feature, use of your telephone while you are interference with the pacemaker. These driving is dangerous, as it diverts attention recommendations are consistent with the from theJaguar traffic situation. If you wish to use independent research by, and your telephone, stop at an appropriate place recommendations of, Wireless Technology where© you are not endangering or Research. inconveniencing other vehicles.

Drivers should only talk on their cell phones when it is safe to do so and when such use will not distract the driver form the road.

169 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Telephone

TELEPHONE COMPATIBILITY Either the phone or the vehicle system will Please refer to the Ownership section of the ask for a PIN (Personal Identification Land Rover website at www.landrover.com, Number). When prompted, enter a PIN of for a list of compatible phones. your choice and select OK to confirm. Note: The Bluetooth® equipped phones listed, 7. Enter the same PIN into the other device. have been tested for compatibility with Land 8. Once your phone is paired and connected Rover vehicles. Performance will vary, based to the system, a confirmation message will on the phone’s software version, battery be displayed before switching to the Digit condition, coverage and your network Dial screen. provider. Phones are warranted by their Note: Some mobile phones require the manufacturer, not Land Rover. Bluetooth® pairing to be set2013. as If the cell phone supports Bluetooth® Hands ‘authorized’ or ‘trusted’ in order to Free Profile 1.5 (HFP 1.5), additional features automatically connect. Please refer to your will be displayed on the vehicle touch screen, phone’s operating instructions for further such as battery meter, signal strength and information. network operator. PAIRINGLimited AND CONNECTING USING PAIRING AND CONNECTING USING THE TOUCH SCREEN THE PHONE 1. Switch on the cell phone’s Bluetooth® Note: The process of pairing and connecting connection using the phone’s menu. Make the phone with the vehicle, will vary depending sure that the cell phone is in Bluetooth® on the type of cell phone used. Roverdiscoverablereserved. mode, sometimes referred to 1. Switch the ignition system on and ensure as find me mode (see the phone’s that the touch screen is active. operating instructions for more information). 2. From the home menu, select Phone. Land 2. Switch the ignition on and ensure the touch 3. A menu will appear. Select Search newrights. screen is active. 4. Select Device to vehicle option. 3. From the home menu select Phone. Note: The vehicle’s Bluetooth® system is 4. A menu will appear. Select Search new. discoverable for only 3 minutes.All 5. Select Vehicle to device option. 5. Using the cell phone, search for Bluetooth®Jaguar devices. 6. Identify your phone from the displayed list and select the corresponding Pair and On some phones, this is referred to as new connect option. paired© device. See your phone's operating instructions for further information. Note: If more than 5 phones are detected, it may be necessary to use the scroll bar to 6. When the vehicle's Bluetooth® system is see the entire list. discovered, follow the on-screen instructions. Select Yes when prompted, to 7. When prompted, enter the PIN code into confirm the pairing. your phone. See your phone’s operating instructions for more information.

170 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Telephone

8. Once your phone is paired and connected TELEPHONE SYSTEM ICONS to the system, a confirmation message will be displayed before switching to the Digit Connect. Use to send or accept a Dial screen. call and access last 10 calls list. Note: Due to the duration of a Bluetooth® Disconnect. Use to end or reject a search, it is advised that the timeout to home call. screen feature is switched off before attempting to search for Bluetooth® devices. No phone connected. This setting can be changed from within the vehicle Setup menu, accessed from the touch Phone signal strength indicator. screen Home menu. 2013. CHANGING THE CONNECTED PHONE Phone battery level indicator. Up to 10 cell phones can be paired with the vehicle in the same way. However, only one can Bluetooth. Indicates that a be connected as a phone at any one time. Bluetooth® device is connected. To connect a different paired phone to the LimitedTick. Indicates that a Bluetooth® vehicle, follow the steps below: device is paired. 1. From the home menu, select Phone. Voicemail. Press and hold to dial 2. A menu will appear. Select Change phone. the stored voicemail number. 3. Identify the and select your phone from the displayed list. Rover Scroll bar up arrow. Use to scroll reserved.up lists of detected phones, calls 4. Once your phone is connected to the or phonebook entries. system, a confirmation message will be displayed before switching to the Digit Dial Scroll bar down arrow. Use to screen. Land scroll down lists of detected rights phones, calls or phonebook entries. All Jaguar ©

171 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Telephone

STEERING WHEEL CONTROLS CALL VOLUME The phone call volume is operated by the audio system’s volume control. If the audio system is in use when a phone call is active, the audio system source is suppressed for the duration of the call. Navigation instructions and parking aid warnings are not suppressed.

PHONEBOOK Contacts stored in the memory2013. of a paired phone can be automatically downloaded to the vehicle’s phonebook each time the phone is connected to the system. See 170, TELEPHONE COMPATIBILITY. Certain phones store the phonebook in two different areas,Limited the SIM card and the phone memory. The vehicle system will access only those numbers stored in the phone memory. To access contacts from the phonebook: 1. From the Phone menu, select Phonebook. Rover2. Usingreserved. the keyboard, select the letter you 1. Press to scroll back through received calls, wish to search under. last 10 list and finally to exit list. 3. Select List to view the phonebook. 2. Increase volume when in a call, scroll up a displayed list or number listedLand for stored 4. Identify the required contact from the contact. rightsdisplayed list and touch to call. If a contact has more than one number stored, select 3. Press to scroll to last 10 list and received the required number from the list. calls. All Note: It may be necessary to use the scroll 4. Decrease volume when in a call or scroll bar to see the entire list. down a displayed list or number listed for stored contact.Jaguar There are also options to view more contact information, by selecting the 5. Press to answer an incoming call. Press to © corresponding i key. end a call. Press and release to dial a number/contact. Press and release to access last 10 dialed list. Press and hold to access phonebook list view. Note: When scrolling through a phonebook or last 10 list, each contact is also displayed in the message center.

172 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Telephone

If your phone supports contact type data, you This device complies with Industry Canada will be able to see a contact type icon in the Standard IC - RSS-210. Operation is subject to vehicle's phonebook directory. These can be the following two conditions: seen on the right-hand side of each contact in (1) this device may not cause interference, and the directory and will indicate one of the (2) this device must accept any interference, following types: including interference that may cause Default. undesired operation of the device. This equipment complies with FCC/IC radiation exposure limits set forth for uncontrolled Cell phone. equipment and meets the FCC radio frequency (RF) Exposure Guidelines2013. in Supplement C to Home. OET65 and RSS-102 of the IC radio frequency (RF) Exposure rules. This equipment has very low levels of RF energy that is deemed to Work. comply without maximum permissive exposure evaluation (MPE). But Limitedit is desirable that it should be installed and DECLARATION OF CONFORMITY operated with at least 20cm (8 inches) and Export controls more between the radiator and person’s body (excluding extremities: hands, wrists, feet and This product contains commodities, ankles). technology or software exported from the United States in accordance with the ExportRover reserved.USA FCC ID: A269ZUA130 Administration regulations. Diversion contrary Canada IC: 700BIAM2101 to U.S. or Canadian law is prohibited. Note: Changes or modifications not expressly United States of America approved by the party responsible for This device complies withLand part 15 of the FCC compliance could void the user’s authority to rules. Operation is subject to the followingrights two operate the equipment. conditions: Note: This equipment has been tested and (1) This device may not causeAll harmful found to comply with the limits for a Class B interference, and digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide (2) this device must accept any interference reasonable protection against harmful received,Jaguar including interference that may cause interference in a residential installation. undesired operation. © This equipment generates, uses and can Note: The manufacturer is not responsible for radiate radio frequency energy and, if not any radio or TV interference caused by installed and used in accordance with the unauthorized modifications to this equipment. instructions, may cause harmful interference to Such modifications could void the user’s radio communications. However, there is no authority to operate the equipment. guarantee that interference will not occur in a Canada particular installation.

173 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Telephone

If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures: • Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna. • Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. • Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected. 2013. • Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

174 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Navigation system

THENavigation system NAVIGATION SYSTEM Under certain conditions it is possible for the Navigation instruction is by map and turn vehicle position shown on screen to be information displayed on the touch screen and incorrect. This may happen when: can be complemented by voice guidance if • Driving on a spiral ramp in a building. required. A detailed intersection map is also • Driving on or beneath elevated roads. displayed in the instrument panel. The system • Two roads are close and parallel. uses signals from Global Positioning System • The vehicle is transported to another (GPS) satellites combined with information destination. from vehicle sensors and from data stored on • After the vehicle is rotated on a turntable. the hard drive, to establish the true vehicle position. • After vehicle battery disconnection. Note: Mapping data loaded on the hard drive is 2013. relevant to the market in which the vehicle is USING THE NAVIGATION SYSTEM first sold and will provide guidance and information only for that area. Your Land Rover In the interests of safety, only operate, adjust Retailer/Authorized Repairer will have details of or view the system when it is safe to do so. software updates. Using this combination of data sources the Limited vehicle navigation computer enables you to The navigation system is not a substitute for plan and follow a route map to your desired driving safely, with due care and attention. destination. Drivers should not assume that a feature will The touch screen is used to control navigation correct errors in judgement in driving. The via menus, text screens and map displays.Roverreserved.navigation system may not function properly in all circumstances. The requirements of national Road Traffic Regulations always apply. Observation of traffic signsLand and local traffic Do not allow the system to distract the driver regulations always take priority. rights while the vehicle is moving. Driver The navigation system serves solely as an aid distraction can lead to accidents causing to navigation. In particular, the navigation serious injury or death. system cannot be used as anAll aid to orientation when visibility is poor. GPS signalsJaguar may occasion ally be interrupted due to physical barriers such as tunnels and roads© under raised highways. However, direction and speed sensors on the vehicle will minimize any adverse effect on the navigation system. Normal operation will resume once the obstruction has been passed.

175 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Navigation system

2013.

1. NAV shortcut button, press for navigation. 2. Navigation soft key, touch for navigation. 3. Destination entry. Touch for destination entry menu. Limited Note: On vehicles with off-road navigation, the soft key includes On road or Off road, to show the current Navigation mode. If the navigation screen language has not beenRover set, select Language, and touch OK to confirm. reserved. The CAUTION screen will return. After touching Agree, the touch screen will display the previously displayedLand map view. This will show the current vehicle position.rights Touch the Nav menu soft key to display the main menu screen. At this point, the first time user shouldAll set up personal preferences in the Nav set-up area. These settingsJaguar are applied whenever navigation is used.©

176 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Navigation system

MAIN MENU

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

5. Display/Hide POI: Turns the POI (Point Of Land Interest) icons on the map on/off. Do not adjust the touch screen controls,rights or allow the system to distract the driver, while 6. When a destination is set, the Range Rover the vehicle is moving. Driver distraction can logo is replaced by a soft key which lead to accidents, causing seriousAll injury or enables the last voice instruction to be death. repeated. 1. More...Jaguar: Displays the other Nav menu 7. Route voice guidance: Allows the voice screen. guidance messages to be turned off for the current trip. The soft key is highlighted 2.© Cancel guidance: Cancels current route while voice guidance is enabled. guidance. 8. Quick POI shortcuts. This provides the 3. Destination entry: Provides a choice of option to quickly enter a destination of a options for entering a destination. local POI. The categories can be changed 4. Previous destination: Displays previous in the Navigation setup menu. destinations entered. 9. Return to map: Advances to the main map screen.

177 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Navigation system

10. Detour: Allows a detour from the current 13. TMC (Traffic Message Channel): Not used route. for entering a destination but, when 11. Nav set-up: Settings for the navigation enabled, will provide data about road system. conditions and any events that may affect the trip. 12. Route options: Allows selection of various options for the route. 14. Stored locations: Manages the stored locations.

MAP SPLIT SCREEN 2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights 1. Compass (always indicates north).All Press 5. Right map view, scale/zoom setting. to select: north up, heading up or bird's eye 6. Current location. map style. 7. GPS signal indicator. The indicator is only 2. TMC (TrafficJaguar Message Channel) signal. displayed when there is no reception. Without a diagonal bar, a signal is being 8. Screen selection. received;© with a diagonal bar, a signal is not being received. The icon will also change 9. Left map view, scale/zoom setting. color depending on the status of traffic on 10. Opens Navigation menu 1 of 2 screen. the route. 11. Distance/time to destination. 3. Next direction display. When intersection 12. TMC event (traffic congestion). map view has been switched off, touch icon to view again. 4. Current vehicle position and direction.

178 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Navigation system

Touch to close the Intersection and To turn off the Guidance or Highway Highway intersection view. The information screens, proceed as follows: previously displayed map is shown 1. From the Nav menu, touch More.... after closing. 2. Select Nav set-up. MAP AUTO ZOOM 3. Touch User settings. When under guidance the map zooms in 4. Touch Guidance screen or Highway automatically when approaching an information to deselect the option. intersection or highway intersection. 5. Touch Ok to confirm. 1. From the map screen, touch the left map view, scale/zoom soft key. SEARCH AREA 2013. 2. Touch the Auto zoom soft key. The soft key The navigation map database is divided into will be highlighted when auto zoom is states and provinces, called search areas. enabled. When setting a route, the destination (or waypoint) being entered, must be in the SCREEN MODES currently selected search area. Touch the screen mode selection key to view a BeforeLimited attempting to set a destination or series of icons, each depicting a different waypoint, set the correct search area as screen mode (as detailed below). Touch the follows: relevant icon to select the desired screen 1. Select Destination entry from the main mode. navigation menu. 2. Touch More.... Full screen view. Roverreserved. 3. Touch Search area. 4. Scroll through the list and select the 3 Split screen view. letter code that corresponds to the desired Land destination area. Shows list of turn directionsrights on 5. Select Ok. The destination entry menu is the right half screen. shown and the information window shows Guidance screen:All Shows detailed the currently selected search area. view of the next intersection on Jaguarhighway or intersection view on SETTING A DESTINATION non-highway roads, in the right 1. After touching Agree, the initial map © half of screen. screen is displayed, now touch Nav menu. Highway information: This view is 2. From the Navigation Menu, touch only available when travelling on a Destination entry. highway. It displays automatically 3. Touch Address from the Destination to show remaining highway exits screen and input the town name or along your route. zipcode.

179 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Navigation system

4. Once sufficient letters have been entered, 4. Touch Change Route followed by Route touch Ok or List to display all the possible prefs. to change the route settings. If a towns. destination is already set, touch Waypoint 5. If necessary, use the scroll arrows to the to add a waypoint in the trip if required. left of the list to search up or down. Select 5. When you have made your selection, if any, the town you require. touch GO 6. Now enter the road name. Once sufficient Note: As you approach an intersection, in letters have been entered, touch Ok or List addition to the voice guidance, an inset on the to display all the possible roads. map will display an enlarged view of the 7. Select the road you require. Enter the intersection. house number of the address (if known) 2013. then touch Ok to confirm. AVOID POINTS 8. If the house number is not known, select When calculating a route, an area to avoid can Ok, the end of the road is then used as the be set and stored. destination. 1. From the Nav menu, touch More.... 9. The map screen showing the selected 2. Select Stored locations. destination details is displayed. Touch GO 3. Select LimitedAvoid points. to calculate the default quick route, or Review route for alternative routes. 4. Select Add. 10. Touch GO to start trip. 5. Select the location of area to avoid from the Destination entry menu. Touch Ok to START GUIDANCE Roveractivate the view where the size of the area to reserved.avoid can be set. After selecting Review route, the system will 6. Touch Ok to activate the area to avoid. The calculate the route. size of the area can be adjusted. 1. There is now a choice to select 3 Routes, 7. Touch Ok, the area to avoid is now set and Change route or select GO,Land to start stored. navigation guidance. rights To edit or delete an area to avoid from the 2. Touch 3 Routes to display a choice of 3 stored list. different route options on the map.All The roads on the map are drawn in 3 different 1. From the Nav menu, touch More.... colors toJaguar highlight each route. EcoRoute 2. Select Stored locations. helps you find the most fuel efficient route 3. Select Avoid points. available. A display of 3 leaves indicates the© most fuel efficient route. 4. From the sub menu, select Edit or Delete. 3. Select route 1, 2 or 3 by touching the respective box displayed on the right side of the map.

180 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Navigation system

EASY ROUTE 3. The screen shows six suggested In Route options, Easy Route can be turned On categories, 5 of which can be selected as or Off. quick points of interest. When On is selected, Easy Route changes the 4. Select a Quick POI category, or touch More calculation parameters of Route 3 in order to to see further POIs. Touch Ok to confirm a reduce: selection. • Intersections. 5. The map with the POI icon(s) is displayed. Scroll the map to the POI icon, then touch • Turns. Set destination to set and calculate route. • Turns that cross traffic. 6. Touch GO to start trip. • The priority of minor roads. 2013. • Complex intersections and maneuvers. RESTORE SYSTEM DEFAULTS LEARN ROUTE From the navigation menu, select Nav set-up. If you have made any changes to the system’s In Route options, Learn Route can be turned default settings, use this menu to restore the On or Off. original settings. When On is selected, if you make the same Limited deviation from the proposed route 3 times, FAVORITES then the system will memorize the deviation This enables you to manage destinations such and offer that as the normal route from then on. as, place of work, home, favorite restaurant. Select Reset all routes to delete any learnt routes and return to the default settings. From the favorites sub menu in stored Roverreserved.locations, you can save up to 400 stored VOICE GUIDANCE favorites. 1. From the Nav menu, touch More.... To turn voice guidance on or off but maintain route guidance, proceed Landas follows: 2. Select Stored locations. 1. Touch Nav Menu on the navigationrights screen. 3. Touch Favorite. 2. Touch the Route voice guidance soft key. 4. To store a favorite, select Add from the The soft key will be highlightedAll when voice submenu. guidance is enabled. 5. Select any destination entry method and confirm desired location. CANCELJaguar ROUTE GUIDANCE To© cancel route guidance, proceed as follows: FAVORITES DETAILS 1. Touch Nav menu on the navigation screen. 1. From the Stored locations menu, touch 2. Touch the Cancel guidance soft key. Favorite. 2. Select Edit or Delete. QUICK POI SELECTION 3. Touch the selected favorite to display the 1. Touch the Map to display the additional details. options 2. Touch the Point of interest (POI) soft key.

181 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Navigation system

4. Select the chosen detail to edit. Details When the coordinates have been entered, include Attribute, Name, Phone number, touch OK. Location and Icon. If the coordinates entered are not contained within the area covered by the available maps, HOME a message will be shown. This can also occur 1. From the Nav menu, touch More.... if the incorrect coordinates have been entered. 2. Select Stored locations. RECALLING A PREVIOUS 3. Touch Home location. DESTINATION 4. To store a home location, select Add from the submenu. 1. From the Nav menu, touch Previous destination. 5. Select any destination entry method to set 2013. your home location. Touch Ok to confirm. 2. Touch your previous destination from the list. The map showing the selected 6. Touch Ok from the favorite summary, destination is displayed. home location is now set. 3. Touch GO to start trip. EMERGENCY HIGHWAYLimited Not all countries have this facility. Touch Emergency on the Destination entry screen to 1. From the Nav menu, touch Destination display a list of local police stations, hospitals entry. or Land Rover Retailers. 2. Touch More.... Select Name to display the list in alphabeticalRover 3. Touchreserved. Highway Entry/Exit. order or Distance to display the list in order of 4. Enter the highway name or number, or proximity to the current vehicle location. select from List. Touch the name of the facility to set it as a 5. Touch Entrance or Exit. destination or waypoint. Land 6. Enter the entrance or exit name for the rightschosen highway, or select from List. The MAP map showing the selected highway and Scroll the map to the area of your destinationAll intersection is displayed. or waypoint, zooming in if required. 7. Touch GO to start trip. This location can be stored as a favorite, destination orJaguar waypoint. POINTS OF INTEREST (POI) COORDINATES© 1. From the Nav menu, touch Destination entry. From the navigation menu, select Destination 2. Touch More.... entry. Select More... and then Coordinates. 3. Touch Point of interest. If you know the coordinates of your destination they can be entered from this screen. The full 4. Touch POI name and touch Ok to confirm. latitude must be entered first before the 5. Enter POI name, or select from List. longitude coordinates can be entered.

182 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Navigation system

6. Alternatively, choose Category to see all 3. Touch My POI. categories of POI and make your selection. 4. Select Add to individually select each POI See 183, CATEGORIES AND group to be downloaded. Select Edit to SUB-CATEGORIES. change Name, Icon or Sound icon. Or 7. To narrow the search area, touch Town to select Delete. enter a town name 8. Once the POI has been selected, the map LOCAL POI SEARCH showing the selected destination is Use to select points of interest close to the displayed. vehicle position. 9. Touch GO to start trip. 1. From the Nav menu, touch Destination Note: If entering a POI name results in too entry. 2013. many matches being listed, try entering the 2. Touch More.... town name first. If you do not know the name 3. Touch Point of interest. of the POI you want, try selecting a POI category. 4. Touch POI near current and touch Ok to confirm. Note: POI icons can only be displayed up to the ½ mile (1 km) zoom level. 5. LimitedSelect POI category, if required select again from sub-category and touch Ok to RETAILER LOCATIONS confirm. 6. Touch Show List or Select Category to Details of Land Rover Retailers are held on the make further selections. Navigation System as a point of interest category, under car/automotive category.Rover See reserved. Note: Up to 5 categories can be chosen to 183, LOCAL POI SEARCH. select a POI from. 7. Select your POI destination from the list. CATEGORIES AND SUB-CATEGORIES The map showing the selected destination The POI database is dividedLand into a number of is displayed. categories. Each main category is furtherrights 8. Touch Destination to set and calculate divided into a number of sub-categories. route. Touch the desired category, Allthen choose 9. Touch GO to start trip. desired sub-categories. Note: Nav POI near current position can be set as a Home menu shortcut. See 75, TOUCH MY POIJaguar SCREEN SETUP. Additional© POIs can be downloaded and added to the list. Free POIs can be found on the RBDS-TMC OVERVIEW internet. Radio Data System-Traffic Message Channel Connect a USB device containing the POIs. See (RBDS-TMC) is a feature that announces traffic 157, CONNECTING A DEVICE. hold-ups on your route as broadcast by radio Note: POIs must be in GPX format. stations that transmit TMC information. 1. From the Nav menu, touch More.... Touch the TMC button on the Navigation Menu to access the TMC menu. 2. Select Stored locations.

183 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Navigation system

TMC events ahead on route can be displayed by RBDS-TMC ICONS touching the Events ahead soft key. TMC can Any traffic event (broadcast on TMC) in your be set to display on the map for all events, for area, will be displayed as a warning icon on the major events or can be switched off. During map and an alert may be displayed as a route calculation, it can be set to avoid TMC message giving the road number(s) and events along the route. between which intersections the hold-up or event occurs. RBDS-TMC DISPLAY This data is stored in the system for up to 15 When a TMC signal is received the icon in the minutes. top left of the screen will appear green. If a TMC The color of the TMC icon changes in order to signal is not being received, the icon will be show the type and priority of a TMC event. The shown with a bar through it. 2013. background color of the icon returns to normal The system will inform the driver of any when there is no longer an event or hold-up, or reported roadworks, narrow road, contraflow, if any re-route instructions are calculated. accidents, slippery road, diversion information, The TMC Event icons appear on the navigation parking information, congestion or other map display to indicate the location and nature hazard. of a TMC event. The driver is informed of a traffic event as Limited TMC Event icons will appear on the map, even follows: if the event does not occur on your route. • A TMC Event icon shown on the map at the location of the event. Incident (Red star) • Text can be displayed showing the detailsRover of each occurrence which can be selected reserved. Moving traffic ahead (Red arrow) either by touching the screen icon or from the traffic information list. • Dynamic route guidance, which calculates Moving traffic queue, both lanes an alternative route when theLand system (Red double arrow) receives the traffic event warning affectingrights Slow traffic ahead (Yellow arrow) the route currently set in the navigation system. All • Traffic event list shows all events sorted by Slow traffic both lanes (Yellow road name/Jaguar distance on your selected double arrow) route. Information (Yellow circle) The information© regarding the hold-up is maintained and updated even if the vehicle crosses into another country. Incident (Yellow star)

184 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Navigation system

Note: Single arrow icons indicate that the USING TMC traffic event affects traffic travelling in the Dynamic route guidance will calculate an direction of the arrow. Double arrows indicate alternative route to avoid a traffic event when that both directions are affected. the system receives an event warning. The If the map is scrolled to any of the above system calculates a new route for all sections. events, further details are available and are However, if any waypoints are set, the system indicated as one of the following icons. calculates for the next waypoint. If the event on route is serious (closed road) or if the new Closed road route is shorter than the current one and the current one was not recalculated within the last Special warning (orange triangle) 5 minutes, then a message to confirm the new route will be displayed. 2013.This pop-up message will be displayed for 5 minutes and if the new Danger (red triangle) route is not rejected, then the vehicle will stay on current route. Stationary traffic OFF-ROAD NAVIGATION The Limitedsystem can be switched between On-road Congestion and Off-road navigation by pressing the facia NAV button twice, from anywhere in the Delay system, then selecting On road or Off road as required. The Navigation soft key on the Touch Roverreserved.screen Home menu displays On road NAV or Diversion Off road NAV, whichever is the current Navigation mode. Contraflow (reversible lane) Off-road navigation maps are similar to the Land on-road maps but have additional features and rights information, such as a large compass display, Event heading, altitude, latitude and longitude etc. All When switching to off-road navigation mode Height width limit during on-road guidance, the current highlighted route will be removed from the Jaguar map and on-road guidance will be suspended. Waypoints and destination icons will remain © displayed. The destination is marked with a double circle. When exiting off-road guidance, the system recalculates the route and reverts to on-road guidance. Note: TMC is not available in off-road navigation mode.

185 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Navigation system

NEW ROUTE A backward or return route can be made at any Allows the following route entry methods: time. All waypoint icons of the original route are reset and the system draws straight lines • Map. between them. • Previous. The original start point is now designated as • Distance and Bearing. the destination point and way points are • Coordinates. numbered in countdown order. Entering destinations is achieved using the Waypoint list same methods as in On road nav. Off road navigation waypoints are shown in numerical order. The nearest waypoint is the LOAD ROUTE last in the list. A maximum of 352013. waypoints can Load route allows a previously stored off road be stored. route to be recalled. Touching the Load Route During a forward route, the waypoint with the soft key will bring up a list of stored routes, smaller number is nearest on the guidance touch the desired route to select. When loading display. During a backward or return route the a route, the current vehicle location is stored as smaller number is furthest away. the starting point, shown as the letter S on the map screen. The bearingLimited (e.g. R170) and distance (e.g. 1 mile) is a reference to the next waypoint. The ROUTE OPTIONS bearing is the angle between the previous heading and the next waypoint. The displayed Allows access to the following commands: information is continuously updated. Edit Route RoverWhile reserved.the list is shown, if the destination is These menu items are identical in operation to reached, the system first changes to the map the on road menus. screen and then shows the pop-up for arrival at A maximum of 20 off-road routes can be destination. stored. When the maximum is reachedLand the New Skip Waypoint Route soft key will no longer be active. rightsWhile on a route this soft key can be selected Stop Guidance to skip the next waypoint. Guidance will then be Allows a selected route to be cancelled.All Touch given to the following waypoint. the soft key to cancel guidance. All waypoints Trace Points and icons will be removed. If Current Trace Point is selected via Route Display routeJaguar Options, trace point icons are automatically The whole© route can be displayed during placed along a route as it is traversed. They are guidance mode. It shows the total mileage of useful to backtrack along the route if required. each section and updates as the vehicle Adjustments to trace point operation can be position changes. made via the same screen. After selecting the CCPS (Current car position to start) Current Trace Point option, changes can be made to any registered trace point route.

186 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Navigation system

Select one of the options, and make changes as This is a license agreement for your copy of the required (e.g. trace points can be edited, Navigable Map Database, (the ‘DATABASE’) renamed, turned off or deleted). originally made by NAVTEQ Corporation), used in the Navigation System. By using this COMPASS VIEW DATABASE you accept and agree to all the Compass view is recommended while driving terms and conditions below. off road. Select the map screen then the compass view icon at the top of the screen. OWNERSHIP The compass can be viewed as ‘north is up’ or The DATABASE and the copyrights and ‘vehicle is up’. intellectual property of neighboring rights therein are owned by NAVTEQ Corporation or its licensors. 2013.

LICENSE GRANT NAVTEQ Corporation grants you a non-exclusive license to use your copy of the DATABASE for your personal use or for use in yourLimited business’ internal operations. This license does not include the right to grant sub-licenses. North is up • The compass North pointer will always be LIMITATIONS OF USE at the top. Roverreserved.The DATABASE is restricted for use in the • The vehicle position arrow in the center will specific system for which it was created. point in the current direction of travel. Except to the extent explicitly permitted by • The colored icon on the edge of the mandatory applicable laws, you may not compass is the directionLand to the next way extract or re-utilize substantial parts of the point or destination. It will alwaysrights stay in contents of the DATABASE, not reproduce, that position. copy, modify, adapt, translate, disassemble, Vehicle is up All decompile, or reverse engineer any portion of • The vehicle position arrow in the center will the DATABASE. always point up. • TheJaguar compass will rotate as vehicle TRANSFER direction changes. Current direction of You may not transfer the DATABASE to third ©travel is shown at the top. parties, except together with system for which • The colored icon on the edge of the it was created, provided that you do not retain compass will move with the compass. any copy of the DATABASE, and provided that the transferee agrees to all terms and NAVTEQ CORPORATION conditions of this agreement. Please read this agreement carefully before using the Navigation System.

187 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Navigation system

DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY GOVERNMENT END USERS NAVTEQ Corporation does not warrant or make If the DATABASE is for a region of North any representations regarding, either express America and is being acquired by or on behalf or implied, regarding the use or results of the of the United States government or any other use of the DATABASE in terms of its entity seeking or applying rights similar to correctness, accuracy, reliability, or otherwise those customarily claimed by the United States and expressly disclaims any implied warranties government, the DATABASE is licensed with of quality, performance, merchantability, ‘limited rights’. fitness for a particular purpose or Utilization of the DATABASE is subject to the non-infringement. restrictions specified in the ‘Rights in Technical NAVTEQ Corporation does not warrant that the Data and Computer Database’ clause at DFARS DATABASE is or will be error-free. No oral or 252.227–7013, or the equivalent2013. clause for written information or advice provided by non-defence agencies. Manufacturer of the NAVTEQ Corporation, your supplier or any DATABASE of North America is NAVTEQ other person shall create a warranty. Corporation, 10400 W. Higgins Road, Suite 400, Rosemont, Illinois 60018, USA. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Limited The price of the DATABASE does not include any consideration for assumption of risk of consequential, indirect or unlimited direct damages which may arise in connection with your use of the DATABASE. Rover Accordingly, in no event shall NAVTEQ reserved. Corporation or supplier of the navigation system using the DATABASE (‘Supplier’) be liable for any consequential, special, incidental or indirect damages, including withoutLand limitation, loss of revenue, data, or use, rights incurred by you or any third party arising out of your use of the DATABASE, whetherAll in an action in contract or tort or based on a warranty, even if NAVTEQ Corporation or the Supplier hasJaguar been advised of the possibility of such damages. In any event, NAVTEQ Corporation’s© liability for direct damages is limited to the price of your copy of the DATABASE.

188 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fuel and refueling

SAFETYFuel and refueling PRECAUTIONS Fuel system cleaning agents should not be used, unless approved by Land Rover. Do not smoke, use a naked flame, or cause Unapproved products may be harmful to fuel sparks while refueling. The resulting fire and system components on your vehicle. explosion may cause serious injury or death. OCTANE RATING Avoid exposing the fuel gasses to any Premium unleaded gasoline with a Cost of potential sources of ignition as the resulting Living Council (CLC) or Anti Knock Index (AKI) fire and explosion may cause serious injuries octane rating of 91 or higher must be used. and/or death. 2013. Even a very small amount of leaded fuel will damage your vehicle’s emission control Switch off the engine when refueling, as it is system and could invalidate the emissions both a source of extreme temperatures, and warranty. in addition, leaded fuel will damage electrical sparks. Failure to do so may cause the oxygen sensors in the fuel injection system a fire or explosion. and also seriously damage the catalytic converter.Limited Switch off any personal electronic devices Note: Federal law requires that gasoline octane such as mobile phones or music players. ratings be posted on the pumps. They have the potential to trigger an If premium unleaded fuel is not available, you explosion or a fire. Rovermay use unleaded fuel with a lower octane reserved.rating, down to a minimum of 87 AKI, but this may reduce engine performance, increase fuel Do not overfill the fuel tank. Overfilling may consumption, cause audible engine 'knock' (a cause spillage when the vehicle is driven. metallic rapping noise from the engine) and Spillage may also occur Landif the fuel expands in other driveability problems. high ambient temperatures. rights All Do not use fuels with an octane rating lower Only use containers specifically designed for than 87 AKI as severe engine damage may carrying fuel and always remove them from occur. the vehicleJaguar to fill them. Failure to do so may If a heavy persistent engine knock is detected, result in spillage and cause a fire. even when using fuel to the recommended © octane rating, or if you hear engine knock while holding a steady speed on level roads, consult Do not use leaded fuels, lead substitutes, or your Retailer/Authorized Repairer to have the fuel additives. problem corrected. Failure to do so is misuse of the vehicle, for which Land Rover is not Only use high quality fuel. Using lower quality responsible. fuels can damage the engine, fuel and emission Note: An occasional light engine knock when control systems. accelerating or climbing hills is acceptable.

189 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fuel and refueling

ETHANOL REFORMULATED GASOLINE These fuels are specially formulated to further This vehicle is not suitable for use with fuels reduce vehicle emissions. Land Rover fully containing more than 10% ethanol. Do not use supports all efforts to protect and maintain E85 fuels (85% ethanol content). Equipment ambient air quality, and encourages the use of necessary for the use of fuels containing more reformulated gasoline where available. than 10% ethanol is not fitted to this vehicle. If E85 fuels are used, serious engine and fuel RUNNING OUT OF FUEL system damage will occur. Fuels containing up to 10% ethanol (grain Avoid running out of fuel. Doing so can cause alcohol) may be used. Ensure that the fuel has damage to the vehicle's engine,2013. fuel, and octane ratings no lower than those emission control systems. recommended for unleaded fuel. Most drivers If the vehicle does run out of fuel, a minimum will not notice any operating difference with of 1.1 U.S. gallons (4 liters) will be required to fuel containing ethanol. If a difference is restart the engine. The vehicle should be left detected, the use of conventional unleaded fuel with the ignition on for 5 minutes after should be resumed. refueling beforeLimited attempting to restart the engine. The vehicle will need to be driven 1 - 3 METHANOL miles (1.6 - 5 km) in order to reset the engine management and monitoring systems. Wherever possible avoid using fuel containing Note: If the vehicle does run out of fuel, methanol. Roverseekingreserved. qualified assistance is advisable. Use of fuels containing methanol may cause serious engine and fuel system damage. FUEL FILLER FLAP Vehicle performance problems resulting from the use of such fuels is not the responsibilityLand of Land Rover and may not be covered under rightsthe Take note of all warnings and instructions warranty. given on the label affixed to the inside of the filler flap. Failure to do so may result in METHYL TERTIARY BUTYL ETHERAll injury or death. (MTBE) The fuel filler flap is located on the right side of the vehicle, at the rear. Unleaded fuelJaguar containing an oxygenate known as MTBE can be used provided that the ratio of 1. Press the left side of the flap to unlatch it. MTBE to© conventional fuel does not exceed 2. Open the flap fully. 15%. MTBE is an ether based compound 3. Twist the cap counter-clockwise to release. derived from gasoline, which has been specified by several refiners as the substance 4. Use the retaining clip to keep the filler cap to enhance the octane rating of fuel. out of the way while fuelling. 5. After refuelling, tighten the cap until it clicks 3 times. Close the filler flap and push until it is latched shut.

190 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fuel and refueling

FUEL FILLER

When refueling ensure that all windows, doors, and sunroof are fully closed, particularly if young children or animals are in the vehicle.

Do not attempt to fill the tank to its maximum capacity. If the vehicle is to be parked on a slope, in direct sunlight or high ambient 2013. temperature, expansion of the fuel could cause spillage.

Check the fuel pump information carefully, to ensure that you are putting the correct fuel into the vehicle. Limited

If the vehicle is filled with incorrect fuel it is essential that you seek qualified assistance before you start the engine. Filling station pumps are equipped withRover reserved. automatic cut-off sensing to avoid fuel spillage. Fill the tank until the filler nozzle automatically cuts-off the supply. Do not attempt to fill the tank beyond this point. Landrights FUEL TANK CAPACITY Avoid the risk of running outAll of fuel and never intentionally drive the vehicle when the fuel gauge indicates that the tank is empty. When refuellingJaguar your vehicle after the fuel gauge reads empty, you may not be able to add the fuel© quantity shown below, as there will be a small reserve remaining in the tank.

Total tank capacity 27.7 US gallons (usable) (105 liters) Fuel specification Unleaded 91 RON (minimum) Octane

191 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Maintenance

PARTSMaintenance AND ACCESSORIES Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules and seat belt pretensioners The fitting of non-approved parts and may contain Perchlorate Material - Special accessories, or the carrying out of handling may apply for service or vehicle end non-approved alterations or conversions, of life disposal. See may be dangerous and could affect the safety www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ of the vehicle and occupants and also perchlorate. invalidate the terms and conditions of the vehicle warranty. To prevent malfunction of the air bag system always consult your Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairer before fitting2013. any of the Land Rover will not accept any liability for following: death, personal injury or damage to property • Electronic equipment such as a cell phone, which may occur as a result of fitment of two-way radio or audio system. non-approved accessories or the carrying out • Accessories attached to the front of the of non-approved conversions to Land Rover vehicle. vehicles. • Any modificationLimited to the front of the vehicle. • Any modification involving the removal or Under no circumstances should any part of repair of any wiring or component in the the air conditioning system be serviced, vicinity of any of the air bag system dismantled or replaced by anyone other than components, including the steering wheel, suitably qualified and certified personnel. Roversteeringreserved. column, instrument or facia Always ensure the correct containment of the panels. refrigerant at all times. • Any modification to the fascia panels or steering wheel. Land All replacement parts for the air conditioningrights OWNER MAINTENANCE system should be new and equivalent to the manufacturer's original equipment while complying with the SAE Standards.All Contact Any significant or sudden drop in fluid levels, your Retailer/Authorized Repairer for advice. or uneven tire wear, should be reported to a qualified technician without delay. AIR BAG SYSTEMJaguar In addition to the routine maintenance, a © number of simple checks must be carried out more frequently. The components that make up the air bag system are sensitive to electrical or physical DAILY CHECKS interference, either of which could easily • Operation of lamps, horn, turn signals, damage the system and cause inadvertent wipers, washers and warning lamps. operation or a malfunction of the air bag module. • Operation of seat belts and brakes.

192 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Maintenance

• Look for fluid deposits underneath the SAFETY IN THE GARAGE vehicle that might indicate a leak.

WEEKLY CHECKS If the vehicle has been driven recently, do not • Engine oil level. touch the engine, exhaust and cooling system components until the engine has cooled. • Engine coolant check. • Brake fluid level. • Dynamic response fluid level. Never leave the engine running when the • Windshield washer fluid level. vehicle is in a garage. Exhaust gases are poisonous and can cause unconsciousness • Tire pressures and condition. and death if inhaled. • Operate air conditioning. 2013. Note: The engine oil level should be checked more frequently if the vehicle is driven for Do not work beneath the vehicle with the prolonged periods at high speeds. wheel changing jack as the only means of support. ARDUOUS DRIVING CONDITIONS Limited When a vehicle is operated in extremely Keep your hands and clothing away from arduous conditions, more frequent attention drive belts, pulleys and fans. Some fans may must be paid to servicing requirements. continue to operate after the engine has Arduous driving conditions include: stopped. • Driving in dusty and/or sandy conditions.Roverreserved. • Driving on rough and/or muddy roads Remove metal wrist bands and jewellery, and/or wading. before working in the engine compartment. • Driving in extremely hot conditions. • Towing a trailer or drivingLand in mountainous conditions. rights Do not touch electrical leads or components Contact a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized while the engine is running, or with the Repairer for advice. All ignition turned on.

ROAD TESTING DYNAMOMETERS Jaguar Do not allow tools or metal parts of the (ROLLING ROADS) vehicle to make contact with the battery leads It© is essential that any dynamometer testing is or terminals. carried out only by a qualified person, familiar with the dynamometer testing and safety procedures practiced by Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairers.

193 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Maintenance

FUEL SYSTEM OPENING THE HOOD

Under no circumstances should any part of the fuel system be dismantled or replaced by anyone other than a suitably qualified vehicle technician.

Ensure sparks and naked lights are kept away from the engine compartment. 2013. Wear protective clothing, including, where practicable, gloves made from an impervious material. POISONOUS FLUIDS Limited Fluids used in motor vehicles are poisonous 1. Pull the hood release lever, located in the and should not be consumed or brought into left-hand front footwell. contact with open wounds. 2. Pull the hood safety catch lever, located For your own safety, always read and obey all underneath the center of the hood at the instructions printed on labels and containers. Roverfront,reserved. then raise the hood. USED ENGINE OIL CLOSING THE HOOD Prolonged contact with engine oil may cause serious skin disorders, includingLand dermatitis and cancer of the skin. Always wash rightsDo not drive with the hood retained by the thoroughly after contact. safety catch alone. It is illegal to pollute drains,All water 1. Lower the hood until the safety catch courses or soil. Use authorized engages. Using both hands, press the waste disposal sites to dispose of hood down until the catches click. usedJaguar oil and toxic chemicals. 2. Check that both catches are engaged, by © trying to lift the front edge of the hood.

194 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Maintenance

ENGINE COMPARTMENT OVERVIEW

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

1. Engine oil filler cap. 2. Brake fluid reservoir Landcap. 3. Windshield washer fluid filler cap.rights 4. Dynamic response fluid reservoir cap. 5. Engine coolant filler cap.All

WhileJaguar working in the engine compartment, always© observe the safety precautions. See 193, SAFETY IN THE GARAGE.

Do not drive if there is a possibility that leaked fluid will come into contact with a hot surface, such as the exhaust.

195 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Maintenance

UNDER HOOD COVERS - REMOVAL 2. Push the cover down firmly and fasten the four turnbuckle clips.

UNBLOCKING WASHER JETS

Do not operate the washer jets during unblocking or adjustment. Windshield washer fluid may cause irritation to the eyes and skin. Always read and observe the washer fluid manufacturer’s instructions. If a washer jet becomes blocked,2013. use a thin strand of wire to unblock the jet by inserting the wire into the jet. Ensure that the wire is completely removed after unblocking. The washer jet position may also be adjusted by inserting the point of a needle into the jet and gently repositioningLimited it. CHANGING A BULB

All lamps are either LED or Xenon units and Rovermust onlyreserved. be replaced by a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer.

WIPERS SERVICE POSITION Landrights Before changing a front wiper blade, the wiper 1. Release and remove the four turnbuckle arms must be set in the ‘service’ position as clips securing the cover. follows; 2. Lift the front edge of the cover Alland slide Note: The Smart Key must remain in the forwards to remove. vehicle while wiper blades are replaced. Jaguar 1. Ensure that the ignition is turned off. UNDER HOOD COVERS - REFITTING 2. Turn the ignition on then off again. © 3. Immediately push the wiper control down Before refitting the underhood covers, ensure to start the single wipe operation and turn that no pipes, cables or other items, have been on the ignition again. trapped between the cover and casing. The wipers will move to their service 1. Place the cover over the casing, ensuring position. the four holes are aligned.

196 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Maintenance

4. When the new parts have been fitted, turn CLEANING THE EXTERIOR the ignition off. This will return the wipers to park position. Following cleaning of the vehicle exterior WINDOW RESET (particularly with a pressure washer), it is The windows will need to be reset if the battery recommended that the vehicle is taken for a is disconnected, becomes discharged or power short drive to dry out the brakes. supply is interrupted. Reset as follows: Some high pressure cleaning systems are sufficiently powerful to penetrate suspension 1. Close the window fully. joints, door/window seals and damage trim 2. Release the switch, then lift it to the close and door locks. Never aim2013. the water jet directly position and hold for 1 second. at the engine air intake, heater air intakes, body 3. Repeat the procedure on each window. seals (doors, sunroof, windows etc.) or at any components which may be damaged (lights, SUNROOF RESET mirrors, exterior trim, suspension seals and gaiters, etc.). Make sure that the pressure If the battery is disconnected or the power washer nozzle is always at a distance of more supply is interrupted while the sunroof is Limited than 12 inches (300 mm ) from any component partially open, it will need to be recalibrated. of the vehicle. Once the battery is reconnected or the power supply is restored, recalibrate the sunroof as follows: Do not use a power wash system in the engine Roverbay area as it may cause damage. 1. Switch the ignition on. reserved. 2. With the roof and blind closed, press the Ensure that you read and comply with all front of the roof switch and hold for 20 warnings and product instructions supplied seconds. See 55, ELECTRIC WINDOWS Land with any cleaning products. 3. After 20 seconds, the sunroof willrights begin to move. Release the switch. Within 5 seconds press and hold the front of the Never use cleaning products that are not roof switch until the blindAll and roof approved for use on vehicles. complete a full open/close cycle. Note:Jaguar The blind will open first and close Substances which are corrosive, such as bird last. droppings, can damage the vehicle’s paintwork 4.©Once the blind has stopped moving, and should be removed as soon as possible. release the switch. The sunroof can now be operated as normal.

197 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Maintenance

UNDER BODY MAINTENANCE 1. Start the engine and allow it to run for a few Regularly flush the underbody with plain water, seconds. See 100, STARTING THE and pay particular attention to areas where ENGINE. mud and debris collect. 2. Switch off the engine. If damage or corrosion are detected, have the 3. Switch on the ignition. See 100, vehicle checked by a Land Rover Retailer/ SWITCHING ON THE IGNITION. Authorized Repairer as soon as possible. 4. Select Sand mode on the terrain response system. See 138, TERRAIN RESPONSE CLEANING AFTER OFF-ROAD OPERATION. DRIVING 5. Switch off the ignition. 6. Using a hose pipe, direct clean2013. water Ensure that the areas around air intakes and the through the front bumper (where shown) front grille are clean and clear of debris. Pay to remove mud from the radiator and air particular attention to the lower grille and conditioning condenser. radiator. Failure to do so may cause the engine to overheat, leading to severe engine damage. CLEANING THE INTERIOR Ensure that the vehicle underside is cleaned as Limited soon as possible after driving off-road. Some cleaning products contain substances that are harmful and can cause health problems if used incorrectly and may cause Roverdamagereserved. to the interior. CLEANING FABRIC UPHOLSTERY

Land Do not polish the instrument panel. Polished rightssurfaces are reflective, and may interfere with the driver’s view. All Clean plastic or cloth faced surfaces with warm water and non-detergent soap. Then wipe clean Jaguar with a soft cloth. To improve© aerodynamics, the vehicle is fitted with active vanes that open only when the engine temperature rises or when the air conditioning is turned on. The active vanes must be opened manually to allow access to clean any debris from the radiator and the air conditioning condenser after off-road driving.

198 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Maintenance

CLEANING LEATHER UPHOLSTERY • Sharp objects such as belts, zippers, rivets etc can leave permanent scratch marks on the leather surface. Only use cleaning products specifically Unless spillages such as tea, coffee or ink designed for use on leather. Do not use • are washed away immediately, permanent chemical, alcohol, or abrasive materials, as staining may have to be accepted. they will cause rapid deterioration of the leather. The use of products which are not If a valet service is used, ensure that the approved will invalidate your warranty. If you specialist concerned is aware of, and follows, are in any doubt as to which products to use, these instructions precisely. consult your Land Rover Retailer/ Authorized Repairer. CLEANING THE SEAT2013. BELTS

Some materials/fabrics are prone to dye Do not allow any water, cleaning products, or transfer, which can cause unsightly fabric from cloths to enter the seat belt discoloration of lighter colored leathers. mechanism. Any substance which enters the Affected areas should be cleaned and mechanism may affect the performance of re-protected as soon as possible. the Limitedseat belt in an impact. Leather should be cleaned and protected at Extend the seat belts fully, then use warm least every 6 months. water and a non-detergent soap to clean. Allow To prevent ingrained dirt and staining, inspect the seat belts to dry naturally while fully the seat upholstery regularly, and clean every 1 extended. to 2 months as follows: Roverreserved.Note: While cleaning the seat belt, take the 1. Wipe off fine dust from the seat surfaces opportunity to examine the webbing for using a clean, damp, non-colored cloth. damage/wear. Any wear or damage should be Avoid over wetting the leather. reported to, and rectified by, a Land Rover 2. If this is not sufficient,Land use a cloth which Retailer/Authorized Repairer. has been dampened with warm rightssoapy water and then wrung out. Use only mild AIR BAG MODULE COVERS non-caustic soap. All 3. Use Land Rover leather cleaner for heavily soiled areas. Dry off and rub with a clean Air bag covers should only be cleaned using softJaguar cloth, changing surfaces regularly. a slightly dampened cloth, and a small amount of upholstery cleaner. Use© Land Rover leather cleaner several times a year to maintain the leather’s suppleness and appearance. The cleaner will nourish and Do not allow the air bag covers, or moisturize and help to improve the surface surrounding areas, to become contaminated protection film against dust and substances. with liquids. Any substance which enters the • Dark clothing may stain leather seats just mechanism can prevent correct deployment like other upholstery products. of an air bag during an impact.

199 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Maintenance

CLEANING THE TOUCH SCREEN • Clean with a lightly moistened cloth. • Do not use chemical agents or domestic cleaners. • To prevent errors occurring, ensure that only one finger at a time is in contact with the screen. • Do not use excessive pressure. • Do not allow sharp, hard or abrasive objects to make contact with the screen. • Avoid exposing the screen to direct 2013. sunlight for long periods.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

200 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fluid level checks

CHECKINGFluid level checks THE ENGINE OIL LEVEL

Check the engine oil weekly. If any significant or sudden drop in oil level is noted, seek qualified assistance.

If the message ENGINE OIL PRESSURE LOW is displayed, stop the engine as soon as it is safe to do so and seek qualified assistance. Do not start the engine until the cause has been rectified. 2013. Prior to checking the oil level ensure that: • The vehicle is on level ground. If the oil level is within the required operating • The engine oil has reached operating range, the message Engine Oil Level OK will temperature (oil is hot). be displayed. Do not add any additional oil to • The engine has been switched off for 10 the engine. minutes, as the system will not give an If theLimited oil level is below the required operating accurate reading until the oil level has range, a message advising you how much oil to stabilized. add will be displayed (e.g. Add 1 Pint). Add the The oil level can then be checked as follows: recommended quantity of oil. 1. Switch on the ignition (do not startRover the If the message Engine Oil Level Overfilled is engine). See 100, SWITCHING ON THE reserved.displayed, seek qualified assistance IGNITION. immediately. Do not drive the vehicle as this will cause serious damage to the engine. 2. Ensure Park (P) is selected. If the message Engine Oil Level Underfilled is 3. Select the Service Menu via the instrument Land displayed, add 3.2 U.S. pints (1.5 liters) of oil, panel menu (see 71, INSTRUMENT PANEL rights then recheck the level. MENU). If the message Engine Oil Level Not Available 4. Select Oil Level Display. The current oil All is displayed, the oil level is stabilizing. Switch level status and topping-up advice is off the ignition, wait 10 minutes, then recheck displayed in the instrument panel. the oil level display. 5. Top-upJaguar as instructed. If the warning message ENGINE OIL LEVEL An© indication of the oil level is displayed in the MONITOR SYSTEM FAULT is displayed, seek gauge. Messages to the right of the gauge qualified assistance. advise you of any action you may need to take.

201 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fluid level checks

TOPPING UP THE OIL CHECKING THE COOLANT LEVEL

Your vehicle warranty may be invalidated if Running the engine without coolant will cause damage is caused by using oil that does not serious engine damage. meet the required specification. The coolant level in the expansion tank should be checked at least weekly (more frequently in Failure to use an oil that meets the required high mileage or arduous operating conditions). specification could cause excessive engine Always check the level when the system is wear, a build up of sludge and deposits, and cold. increase pollution. It could also lead to engine failure. 2013.

Overfilling with oil could result in severe engine damage. Oil should be added in small quantities and the level re-checked to ensure that the engine is not overfilled. 1. Remove the oil filler cap. Limited 2. Add oil as instructed by the display. 3. Clean up any oil spilled during topping-up. 4. Check the oil level again after 10 minutes. It is essential to use the correct specification Roverreserved. oil, and to ensure it is suitable for the climatic conditions in which the vehicle is to be operated. See 208, LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS Note: The approximate quantityLand of oil required to raise the level from MIN to MAX is 3.2 U.S.rights pints (1.5 liters). All Jaguar ©

Ensure the coolant level remains between the

202 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fluid level checks

MIN and MAX indicator marks located on the side of the expansion tank. Ignore any coolant The use of non-approved antifreeze will have visible in the top section of the tank an adverse effect on the engine cooling system If coolant/steam is expelled from the pressure and therefore engine durability. cap or the level has dropped suddenly, or by a large amount, arrange for the vehicle to be Antifreeze will damage painted surfaces; soak examined by a Land Rover Retailer/Authorized up any spillage with an absorbent cloth Repairer as soon as possible. immediately and wash the area with a mixture of car shampoo and water. TOPPING UP THE COOLANT Top-up to the MAX mark located on the side of the expansion tank. Use2013. only a 50% mix of water and the approved antifreeze. See 208, Never remove the filler cap when the engine LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS. is hot - escaping steam or scalding water could cause serious personal injury. The specific gravity of a 50% antifreeze solution at 68°F (20°C) is 1.068 and protects against frost down to -40°F (-40°C). Avoid spilling antifreeze onto a hot engine - a AntifreezeLimited contains important corrosion fire may result. inhibitors. The antifreeze content of the coolant must be maintained at 50% ± 5% all year round (not just in cold conditions). To ensure that the Unscrew the filler cap slowly, allowing the anti-corrosion properties of the coolant are pressure to escape before removing Roverretained, the antifreeze content should be completely. reserved.checked once a year and completely replaced every ten years, regardless of distance travelled. Failure to do so may cause corrosion Antifreeze is poisonous and can be fatal if of the radiator and engine components. swallowed - keep containersLand sealed and out of the reach of children. If accidentalrights Note: In an emergency - and only if the consumption is suspected, seek medical approved antifreeze is unavailable - top-up the attention immediately. cooling system with clean water, but be aware All of the resultant reduction in frost protection. Do not top-up or refill with conventional If the fluid comes into contact with the skin or antifreeze formulations. If in doubt consult a eyes, Jaguarrinse immediately with plenty of water. qualified technician. © Ensure the cap is tightened fully after top-up is When traveling in territories where the water completed by turning the cap until the ratchet supply contains salt, always ensure you carry a cap clicks. supply of fresh (rain or distilled) water. Topping up with salt water will cause serious engine damage.

203 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fluid level checks

CHECKING THE BRAKE FLUID LEVEL With the vehicle on level ground, check the fluid level at least every week (more frequently in high mileage or arduous operating Brake fluid is highly toxic - keep containers conditions). sealed and out of the reach of children. If accidental consumption of fluid is suspected, seek medical attention immediately.

If the fluid comes into contact with the skin or eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water. 2013. Take care not to spill brake fluid onto a hot engine - a fire may result.

Do not drive the vehicle with the fluid level below the MIN mark. Limited The driver's side cover must be removed to check the brake fluid level. See 196, UNDER Seek qualified assistance immediately if HOOD COVERS - REMOVAL. brake pedal travel is unusually long or if The brake fluid must be between the MAX and there is any significant loss of brake fluid. RoverMIN marks. Driving under such conditions could result in reserved. extended stopping distances or complete TOPPING UP THE BRAKE FLUID brake failure.

USA. Land Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Soak rightsup any spillage with an absorbent cloth Canada. immediately and wash the area with a mixture All of car shampoo and water.

Only use new fluid from an airtight container. If the quantity of fluid in the brake reservoir Jaguar Fluid from opened containers or fluid drops below the recommended level, a red previously bled from the system will have warning© lamp in the instrument pack will absorbed moisture, which will adversely affect illuminate. See 66, BRAKE (RED). performance, and must not be used. Note: If the warning lamp illuminates while the 1. Clean the filler cap before removing to vehicle is being driven, stop the vehicle as soon prevent dirt from entering the reservoir. as safety permits by gently applying the brakes. Check and top-up the fluid level if necessary. 2. Remove the filler cap.

204 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fluid level checks

3. Top-up the reservoir to the MAX mark TOPPING UP THE WASHER FLUID using the approved brake fluid. See 208, The washer reservoir supplies the windshield, LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS. rear glass and headlamp washer jets. 4. Replace the cap and reservoir cover. Check and top-up the reservoir level at least every week. Always top-up with windshield CHECKING THE WASHER FLUID washer fluid to prevent freezing. LEVEL Operate the washer switches periodically to check that the nozzles are clear and properly directed. Some windshield washer products are inflammable, particularly if high or undiluted 1. Clean the filler cap before removing to concentrations are exposed to sparking. Do prevent dirt from entering2013. the reservoir. not allow washer fluid to come into contact 2. Remove filler cap. with naked flames or sources of ignition. 3. Top-up the reservoir until the fluid is visible in the filler neck. If the vehicle is operated in temperatures 4. Replace filler cap. below 40 °F (4 °C), use a washer fluid with Limited antifreeze protection. In cold weather, failure to use a washer fluid with frost protection, could result in impaired vision and increase the risk of a vehicle crash. Roverreserved. Do not use an antifreeze or vinegar/water solution in the washer reservoir - antifreeze will damage painted surfaces, while vinegar can damage the windshield washerLand pump.rights Body panels may suffer discoloration as a result of windshield washer fluidAll spillage. Take care to avoid spillage, particularly if an undiluted or high concentration is being used. If spillageJaguar occurs, wash the affected area immediately with water. Note:© National or local regulations may restrict the use of Volatile Organic Compounds (VOCs), which are commonly used as antifreeze agents in washer fluid. A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all climates in which the vehicle will be operated.

205 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fluid level checks

CHECKING THE DYNAMIC RESPONSE FLUID LEVEL

Dynamic response fluid is highly toxic. Keep containers sealed and out of reach of children. If accidental consumption of fluid is suspected, seek medical attention immediately.

If the fluid comes into contact with the skin or 2013. eyes, rinse immediately with plenty of water.

Do not start the engine if the fluid level has dropped below the MIN mark. Severe damage to the Dynamic response system could result. Limited Seek qualified assistance immediately if there is a noticeable drop in the fluid level.

If fluid loss is slow, the reservoir may be topped-up to the upper level mark to enable theRover reserved. vehicle to be driven to a repair facility for examination. However, it is recommended that you seek qualified assistance before driving the vehicle. Landrights Do not attempt to drive the vehicle to a repair facility, if there is a danger that leakingAll fluid will come into contact with a hot surface, such as the exhaust.Jaguar The fluid level should be maintained between Check and top-up the fluid level with the engine the MIN and MAX marks. switched© off and the system cold. TOPPING UP THE DYNAMIC RESPONSE FLUID

Dynamic response fluid will damage painted surfaces. Soak up any spillage with an absorbent cloth immediately and wash the area with a mixture of car shampoo and water.

206 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fluid level checks

Do not fill the reservoir above the MAX mark. 1. Clean the filler cap before removing to prevent dirt from entering the reservoir. 2. Remove filler cap. 3. Using the approved fluid, top up the reservoir until the fluid level is between the MIN and MAX marks. See 208, LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS. 4. Replace filler cap. 2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

207 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Technical specifications

ENGINETechnical specifications SPECIFICATIONS

V8 (Normally Aspirated) V8 (Supercharged)

Capacity 305 cubic in. (4 999 cm³) 305 cubic in. (4 999 cm³) Firing order 1-5-4-2-6-3-7-8 1-5-4-2-6-3-7-8 Bore 3.64 in. (92.5 mm) 3.64 in. (92.5 mm) Stroke 3.66 in. (93.0 mm) 3.66 in. (93.0 mm) Number of cylinders 8 8 Compression ratio 11.5:1 9.5:12013. LUBRICANTS AND FLUIDS

Part Specification Engine oil SAE 5W-20 meeting specification WSS-M2C925-A, ILSAC GF4, API SM only. Limited Transmission oil Shell ATF L12108 Transfer gearbox oil TL 7300 Shell TF 0753 Front differential oil Castrol SAF-XO Rear differential oil (non-locking) Castrol SAF-XORover Rear differential oil (electronic Castrol BOT 720 reserved. locking) Dynamic response fluid Texaco Cold Climate PAS fluid 33270 Brake fluidLand Shell DOT4 ESL. If unavailable, a low viscosity, synthetic compatiblerights DOT4 brake fluid that meets ISO 4925 class 6 and Land Rover LRES22BF03 requirements may be used. Windshield washer AllWindshield wash with frost protection Coolant 1:1 mixture of Havoline XLC antifreeze and water. Air conditioningJaguar refrigerant R1234yf Air conditioning© compressor oil SPA2 Land Rover recommends: Castrol EDGE Professional

208 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Technical specifications

CAPACITIES

Item Capacity Fuel tank (usable) 27.7 gallons (105 liters) Engine oil refill and filter change 16.9 pints (8 liters) Automatic gearbox Filled for life Transfer box 3.17 pints (1.5 liters) Front differential - wet fill 1.14 pints (0.54 liters) Rear differential (non-locking) - wet fill 1.80 pints (0.85 liters) Rear differential (electronic locking) - wet fill 2.64 pints2013. (1.25 liters) Washer reservoir 12.68 pints (6.0 liters) Cooling system (refill): - Normally Aspirated 14.43 pints (6.83 liters) - Supercharged 18.66 pints (8.83 liters) Refrigerant charge weight: 4 Zone climate control Limited1150g ± 10g Refrigerant charge weight: 3 Zone climate control 800g ± 10g Air conditioning compressor oil -Total system capacity 3 Zone 80 cc -Total system capacity 4 Zone Roverreserved. 140 cc The quoted capacities are approximate and provided as a guide only. All oil levels must be checked using level plugs, message center information or drain and Landrefill, as applicable.rights All Jaguar ©

209 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Technical specifications

WEIGHTS

Variant Curb weight from Gross Vehicle Gross Train Weight (GVW)¹ Weight² V8 (Normally Aspirated) 4850 lbs 6614 lbs 14440 lbs (2200 kg) (3000 kg) (6550 kg) V8 (Supercharged) 5137 lb 6945 lbs 14661 lbs (2330 kg) (3150 kg) (6650 kg) ¹ The maximum permissible weight of the vehicle including passengers and load. ² The maximum permissible weight of the vehicle and braked trailer including their respective loads. 2013.

Variant Maximum front axle Maximum rear axle Maximum roof load¹ load¹ crossbar load² V8(Normally Aspirated) 3307 lbs 3814 lbs 220 lbs (1500 kg) (1730Limited kg) (100 kg) V8(Supercharged) 3417 lbs 3913 lbs 220 lbs (1550 kg) (1775 kg) (100 kg) ¹ The front and rear axle maximum loads can not be reached simultaneously as this will exceed the GVW limit. ² This figure is extra to the weight of the roofRover rails and crossbars.reserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

210 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Technical specifications

DIMENSIONS

2013.

Item Description inches (mm) Degrees A Width (including mirrors) 87.4 (2220) - B Height: (standard road height) 72.3 (1835) - C Approach angle (at curb weight and standardLimited - 31.4° road height) D Ramp breakover angle (at curb weight and -134.8° standard road height) E Wheelbase Rover 115 (2922) - F Overall length reserved.196.8 (4998) - GTrack: - Front 66.5 (1690) - - Rear Landrights 66.2 (1683) - H Departure angle without draw bar (at curb weight - 30.7° plus full size spare tire and at standard road height) All H Departure angle with Class 3 Draw Bar (at curb - 22.5° Jaguarweight and at standard road height): H Departure angle with Class 3 Draw Bar and multi - 14.0° © height plate (at curb weight and at standard road height): - Wading depth at Off-road height 35.4 (900) - - Minimum ground clearance at standard road 8.68 (220.5) - height: - Turning circle (wall to wall) 500 (12700) -

211 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Technical specifications

REMOTE KEY FOB TRANSMITTER LOCATIONS

2013.

Limited

1. Cabin front transmitters. RoverUSA reserved. 2. Cabin middle transmitter. This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC 3. Loadspace interior transmitter. rules. Operation is subject to the two following conditions: 4. Loadspace interior transmitter. (1) this device may not cause harmful 5. Keyless start module. Land rightsinterference, and 6. Loadspace exterior transmitter. (2) this device must accept any interference All received, including interference that may cause Any person fitted with an implanted medical undesired operation. device shouldJaguar be kept at a distance of at least Canada 8.7 inches (22 cm) away from any transmitter IC-RSS-210: mounted in the vehicle. This is to avoid any © Operation is subject to the following two possibility of interference between the conditions: system and the device. (1) this device may not cause interference, and Radio Frequency Spectrum Regulation Statement (2) this device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.

212 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Technical specifications

The key system transmitter radio frequency approval numbers for the USA and Canada are The Smart Key may suffer interference from a follows: other legal users of the this radio frequency band, such as radio amateurs, medical USA FCC ID: KOBJTF10A equipment, remote controls or alarm systems. KOBJLR09A To lock or unlock the vehicle in such a situation, either use a key or operate the key KOBJBG10A transmitter as close to the security antenna as possible. KOBJBG10B 2013. Canada IC: 3521A-JTF10A 3521-JLR09A

3521-JBG10A

3521-JBG10B Limited

Model Number: AH22-15K601A AH42-15K602-A Rover AH22-19H440 (PEPS) reserved.

AH42-19H440 (Passive StartLand only) rights Note: The manufacturer is not responsible for any radio interference caused by unauthorized modifications to this equipment.All Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsibleJaguar for compliance could void the© user’s authority to operate the equipment.

213 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Vehicle battery

CALIFORNIAVehicle battery PROPOSITION 65 SECOND WARNING STATEMENT Always wear appropriate eye protection when working with batteries. Battery posts, terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead Make sure both batteries are of the 12 volt compounds. Wash hands after handling. type and that the jump leads have insulated clamps and are approved for use with 12 volt BATTERY WARNING SYMBOLS batteries.

Do not allow naked flames or other sources of ignition near the Do not disconnect the discharged2013. battery. battery, as the battery may emit explosive gases. Ensure the bodywork of the donor and Ensure that when working near or disabled vehicles do not touch. handling the battery, suitable eye protection is worn, to protect the eyes from acid splashes. To avoid seriousLimited injury use extreme caution To prevent risk of injury, do not when removing the jump leads as the engine allow children near the battery. will be running on the previously disabled vehicle. This means that you may be working close to components which are moving at Be aware that the battery may emit Roverhigh speed, carry high voltage, or may be explosive gases. reserved. hot.

The battery contains acid which is Make sure that the battery or starting aid is a 12 extremely corrosiveLand and toxic. rights volt device. Note: Before connecting jump leads ensure Consult the handbook for that the battery connections on the vehicle are information, before handlingAll the correct, and that all electrical equipment has battery. been switched off. Jaguar CONNECTING© JUMP LEADS

Do not connect the jump leads to any battery terminal on your vehicle. Doing so may cause a spark, which can result in an explosion. It may also result in damage to the charging system.

214 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Vehicle battery

4. Connect the other end of the negative (Black) jump lead to the negative terminal on the disabled vehicle. Note: Check that all cables are clear of any moving components, and that all four connections are secure. 5. Start the engine of the donor vehicle, and allow it to idle for a few minutes. 6. Start the engine of the disabled vehicle. Note: Do not switch on any electrical equipment until after2013. the jump leads have been disconnected. 7. Allow both vehicles to idle for a few minutes. 8. Switch off the donor vehicle. 9. Disconnect the negative (Black) jump lead Limitedfrom the previously disabled vehicle. 10. Disconnect the negative (Black) jump lead from the battery of the donor vehicle. 11. Disconnect the positive (Red) jump lead Roverreserved. from the previously disabled vehicle. 12. Disconnect the positive (Red) jump lead from the donor vehicle. Landrights CONNECTING A STARTING AID

Do not connect the starting aid to any battery All terminal on your vehicle. Doing so may cause a spark, which can result in an explosion. It may also result in damage to the charging Jaguar system. 1. Connect one end of the positive (Red) jump ©lead to the positive terminal on the donor To start the vehicle using a starting aid or a vehicle. slave battery, follow the instructions in the sequence given. 2. Connect the other end of the positive (Red) jump lead to the positive terminal on the 1. Connect the positive (Red) cable to the disabled vehicle. positive terminal of the disabled vehicle. 3. Connect one end of the negative (Black) 2. Connect the negative (Black) cable to the jump lead to the negative terminal on the negative terminal of the disabled vehicle. donor vehicle. 3. Connect/switch on the starting aid.

215 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Vehicle battery

4. Start the engine and allow it to idle. 5. Disconnect/switch off the starting aid. The vent pipe must be in place at all times 6. Disconnect the negative (Black) cable from when the battery is connected to the vehicle. the negative terminal of the vehicle. Ensure that the vent pipe is clear of 7. Disconnect the positive (Red) cable from obstructions and not kinked. Failure to do so the positive terminal of the vehicle. may cause a pressure build up in the battery, resulting in an explosion. REMOVING THE VEHICLE BATTERY Do not rest the battery on any part of the vehicle as it may cause damage due to its Switch the ignition off before disconnecting weight. 2013. battery terminals. Do not run the engine with the battery Remove all metal jewellery before working disconnected. Doing so may damage the on, or near, the battery, and never allow charging system. metal objects or vehicle components to come Note: Ensure that all electrical circuits are into contact with the battery terminals. Metal switched off,Limited all windows are closed, and the objects can cause sparks, and/or short alarm is disarmed. circuits, resulting in an explosion. Note: Remove the Smart Key from the vehicle and wait 2 minutes to allow the systems to power down fully Do not allow the battery posts or terminals toRover come into contact with your skin. They reserved. contain lead, and lead compounds which are toxic. Always wash your hands thoroughly after handling the battery. Landrights Always disconnect the negative terminal first and reconnect last. All

Use caution Jaguarwhen lifting the battery out of, or into, the vehicle. It is heavy, and may cause injury when© lifting, or if dropped.

Do not tip the battery when lifting or moving as tilting the battery more than 45 degrees may damage the battery, and may cause the battery fluid to leak out. Battery fluid is highly corrosive, and toxic.

216 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Vehicle battery

EFFECTS OF DISCONNECTING Disconnecting the battery can affect a number of vehicle systems, especially if there is insufficient battery power prior to disconnection. For example, the alarm may trigger depending on it's state when the battery was disconnected. If the alarm does sound, use the Smart Key in the normal way to disarm the security system. The windows may need recalibrating to operate correctly.

CHARGING THE VEHICLE2013. BATTERY

Ensure that the correct type and rating of charger is used. Using an unsuitable charger may damage the battery, and could cause the batteryLimited to explode.

Always charge the battery in a well ventilated area away from any naked flames, sparks or other ignition sources. During charging the 1. Remove the loadspace floor panel.Roverreserved.battery can produce a highly explosive and 2. Remove the spare wheel. See 238, flammable gas. REMOVING THE SPARE WHEEL. 3. Remove the two bolts.Land Lift the left hand The battery must be disconnected and side of the compressor mountingrights plate and removed from the vehicle before charging. raise to the vertical position. Failure to do so could result in damage to the 4. Remove the insulation panel.All vehicle's electrical system. 5. Undo the negative clamp nut. Lift the cable and clamp clear of the battery terminal. Always follow the instructions supplied with 6. UndoJaguar the positive clam p nut. Lift the cable the battery charger. Failure to do so may result ©and clamp clear of the battery terminal. in damage to the battery. 7. Pull the breather pipe to release. Note: Your vehicle is fitted with a maintenance free battery. You cannot check or top up the 8. Lift out the battery using the handles. electrolyte level. 1. Remove the battery. See 216, REMOVING THE VEHICLE BATTERY 2. Connect the battery charger in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions.

217 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Vehicle battery

3. Once the charge is complete, switch off the Refitting is an exact reversal of the removal power to the charger. procedure. See 216, REMOVING THE VEHICLE 4. Disconnect the charger cables from the BATTERY battery. If you are in any doubt about fitting a battery, 5. Allow the battery to stand for an hour seek qualified assistance beforehand. before connecting to the vehicle. This will Used batteries must be disposed allow any explosive gasses to dissipate, of correctly as they contain a and reduce the risk of explosion. number of harmful substances. Seek advice on disposal from your REPLACING THE VEHICLE BATTERY Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer and/or your2013. local authority. Only install a battery of the same type and rating. Installing an incorrect battery may result in a fire and injury, or damage to the electrical system. If you are in any doubt when installing a battery, seek qualified assistance. Limited

When refitting the battery ensure that no metal objects, or vehicle components, come into contact with the battery terminals. Roverreserved.

Ensure that when fitting a battery to the vehicle, the terminals and battery clamps are clean, and lightly coated with petroleum jelly.Land This will ensure good electrical connections are made,rights and help to prevent corrosion. All Always follow the battery manufacturer’s instructions. Failure to do so may result in damage to theJaguar vehicle and/or the electrical system.© If the battery leads are connected to the wrong terminals, the electrical system may be damaged. A new battery should be supplied with plastic terminal covers. Leave the covers in place when fitting the battery, and remove them one at a time to fit the battery cable clamps.

218 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Tires

TIRETires MARKINGS

2013.

Limited

1. P indicates that the tire is for passengerRover reserved. vehicle use. This index is not always The load index on all replacement tires shown. should be, at least, the same specification as 2. The width of the tire fromLand sidewall edge to the original equipment. If in doubt consult a sidewall edge in millimeters. rights Land Rover Dealer/Authorized Repairer. 3. The aspect ratio, also known as the profile, 7. The speed rating denotes the maximum gives the sidewall height as a percentage of speed at which the tire should be used for the tread width. So, if theAll tread width is 205 extended periods. See 220, SPEED mm and the aspect ratio is 50, the sidewall RATINGS. height will be 102 mm. Jaguar 8. U.S. DOT Tire Identification Number (TIN). 4. R indicates that the tire is of Radial ply This begins with the letters DOT and ©construction. indicates that the tire meets all federal 5. The diameter of the wheel rim given in standards. The next 2 numbers or letters inches. are the plant code where the tire was 6. The load index for the tire. This index is not manufactured, the last 4 numbers are the always shown. date of manufacture. For example, if the number was 3109, the tire was made in the 31st week of 2009. The other numbers are marketing codes used at the

219 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Tires

manufacturer’s discretion. This SPEED RATINGS information can be used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall. Rating Speed mph (km/h) 9. M+S or M/S indicates that the tire has been Q 99 (160) designed with some capability for mud and R 106 (170) snow. S 112 (180) 10. The number of plies in both the tread area, T 118 (190) and the sidewall area, indicates how many layers of rubber coated material make up U 124 (200) the structure of the tire. Information is also H 130 (210) provided on the type of materials used. V 149 (240)2013. 11. Wear rate indicator. A tire rated at 400 for W 168 (270) example, will last longer than a tire rated at 200. Y 190 (300) 12. The traction rating grades a tire’s performance when stopping on a wet road TIRE CARE surface. The higher the grade, the better Limited the braking performance. The grades, from Do not drive the vehicle if a tire is damaged, highest to lowest are; AA, A, B and C. excessively worn, or incorrectly inflated. A 13. The maximum load which can be carried by tire in such a condition may catastrophically the tire. fail and cause an accident. 14. Heat resistance grading. The tire’s Roverreserved. resistance to heat is grade A, B, and C with A indicating the greatest resistance to heat. Avoid contaminating the tires with vehicle This grading is provided for a correctly fluids as they may cause damage the tire and inflated tire, which is being Landused within its cause a tire failure, which can result in an speed and loading limits. rightsaccident. 15. The maximum inflation pressure for the tire. This pressure should not be used for Avoid spinning the wheels. The forces normal driving. See 224, AVOIDINGAll FLAT released can damage the structure of the tire, SPOTS. Jaguar and cause it to fail.

© If wheel spin is unavoidable due to a loss of traction (in deep snow for example), do not exceed the 30 mph (50 km/h) point on the speedometer. Do not allow anyone to stand near or directly behind a tire that might spin.

220 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Tires

TIRE PRESSURE LABEL (USA only) Do not exceed the maximum pressure stated on the sidewall of the tire. Note: Tire condition should be checked after the vehicle has been used off-road. As soon as the vehicle returns to a normal, hard, road surface, stop and check for tire damage. All of the vehicle's tires (including the spare) should be checked regularly for damage, wear and distortion. If you are in any doubt about the condition of a tire, have it checked immediately 2013. by a tire repair center or your Land Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer.

Limited

The recommended tire pressures are listed on Roverreserved.a label located in the driver’s door opening. These pressures provide optimum ride and handling characteristics for all normal operating conditions. Landrights The label contains the following information: • The maximum number of occupants, divided between the front and rear of the All vehicle. • The vehicle capacity weight, which includes the weight of the driver, Jaguar passengers and cargo. © • Cold inflation pressures for the front, rear and spare tires. • The size of the tires with which the vehicle was originally equipped. Note: The labels must not be changed, even if different wheels and tires are fitted at a later stage.

221 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Tires

TIRE PRESSURES If tire pressures are checked while the vehicle is inside a protected covered area (e.g. a garage) and subsequently driven in lower All tire pressures, including the spare, outdoor temperatures, tire under-inflation should be checked regularly using an could occur. accurate pressure gauge, when the tires are A slight pressure loss occurs naturally with cold. Failure to properly maintain your tire time. If this exceeds 2 psi (0.14 bar) per week, pressures could increase the risk of tire have the cause investigated and rectified by failure resulting in a loss of vehicle control qualified personnel. and potential personal injury. 2013. Pressure checks should only be carried out when the tires are cold, and the vehicle has been stationary for more than three hours. A hot tire at or below recommended cold inflation pressure, is dangerously under-inflated. Limited

Never drive your vehicle if the tire pressures are incorrect. Under-inflation causes excessive flexing and uneven tire wear. This can lead to sudden tire failure. Over-inflationRover reserved. causes harsh ride, uneven tire wear and poor handling. Land Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiencyrights and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability. All

If the vehicle has been parked in strong sunlight, or Jaguarused in high ambient temperatures, do not reduce the tire pressures.© Move the vehicle into the shade and allow the tires to cool before rechecking the pressures. Check the tires, including the spare, for condition and pressure on a weekly basis and before long journeys.

222 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Tires

If it is necessary to check tire pressures when the tires are warm, you should expect the pressures to have increased by up to 4 - 6 psi (0.3 - 0.4 bar). Do not reduce the tire pressures to the cold inflation pressure under these circumstances. Allow the tires to cool fully before adjusting the pressures.

Tire pressures with up to 4 passengers Tire size Front pressures psi (bar) Rear pressures psi (bar) 235/65 R19 109 V 33 (2.3) 36 (2.5) 255 50 R20 110 W 33 (2.3) 2013.36 (2.5) 275/45 R21 110 V 33 (2.3) 36 (2.5) 275/40 R22 108 Y 33 (2.3) 36 (2.5) T195/70 R20 M Temporary use 61 (4.2) 61 (4.2) Limited Tire pressures at maximum Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) Tire size Front pressures bar (psi) Rear pressures bar (psi) 235/65 R19 V 37 (2.6) 45 (3.1) 255/50 R20 W Rover36 (2.5) 44 (3.0) 275/45 R21 W 36 (2.5)reserved. 44 (3.0) 275/40 R22 Y 36 (2.5) 44 (3.0) All tires - Supercharged only at 39 (2.7) 46 (3.2) up to 155 mph (249 km/h)Landrights The following procedure should be used to check and adjust the tire pressures. The loading of the vehicle shouldAll always be considered when checking and adjusting tire pressures. See 221, TIRE PRESSURE LABEL To avoid damaging the valves do not apply (USA only).Jaguar excessive force or side ways force on the © gauge/inflator. 1. Remove the valve cap. If the tires are deflated to the comfort setting 2. Firmly attach a tire pressure gauge/inflator or inflated to the heavy load setting, then the to the valve. TPMS will have to be adjusted to suit the vehicle load and tire pressures. See 117, 3. Read the tire pressure from the gauge and VEHICLE LOADING. add air if required.

223 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Tires

4. If air is added to the tire, remove the gauge and re-attach it before reading the Do not rotate tires around the vehicle. pressure. Failure to do so may result in an inaccurate reading. 5. If the tire pressure is too high, remove the If the use of tires not recommended by Land gauge and allow air out of the tire by Rover is unavoidable, ensure that you read, pressing the center of the valve. Refit the and fully comply with, the tire manufacturer’s gauge to the valve and check the pressure. instructions. Failure to do so may lead to tire 6. Repeat the process, adding or removing air failure due to incorrect fitment or use. as required, until the correct tire pressure When the tread has worn down to is reached. approximately 2 mm, wear indicators2013. start to 7. Refit the valve cap. appear at the surface of the tread pattern. This produces a continuous band of rubber across TIRE VALVES the tread as a visual reminder. Keep the valve caps screwed down firmly to Ideally, tires should be replaced in sets of 4. If prevent water or dirt entering the valve. Check this is not possible, replace the tires in pairs the valves for leaks when checking the tire (both frontLimited or both rear). When tires are pressures. replaced, the wheels should always be re-balanced and alignment checked. PUNCTURED TIRES The correct tire specification and pressures, see 222, TIRE PRESSURES or 221, TIRE PRESSURE LABEL (USA only). Do not drive the vehicle with a leaking tire. Roverreserved. Even if the tire appears to be inflated it could AVOIDING FLAT SPOTS be dangerously under-inflated and will In areas of extended high ambient temperature, continue to deflate. Replace or contact an vehicle tires can be affected by a softening of approved repairer. Land rightsthe tire sidewall. If the vehicle is stationary for long periods, the effect is to slightly deform the REPLACEMENT TIRES tire at the point where the tire meets the All standing surface. This is known as a flat spot. This is normal tire behavior. However, when Always fit replacement tires of the same the vehicle is subsequently driven, vibration type, and whereverJaguar possible, of the same may be experienced from the flat spot. The make and tread pattern. © condition will steadily improve with additional mileage. The load and speed index ratings on all In order to minimize flat spotting, the tire replacement tires must be, at least, the same pressures can be increased to the maximum as specification as the Original Equipment (OE). stated on the tire sidewall. Tires must be If in doubt consult your Land Rover returned to the specified running pressures Retailer/Authorized Repairer. before driving (see 221, TIRE PRESSURE LABEL (USA only)).

224 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Tires

TIRE DEGRADATION Use of dedicated winter tires may require a Tires degrade over time due to the effects of change of wheel size, depending on original ultraviolet light, extreme temperatures, high choice of wheel. All four wheels must be loads, and environmental conditions. It is changed. recommended that all tires, including the If fitted with standard rubber valves, the Tire spare, are replaced at least every six years, but pressure monitoring system (TPMS) warning they may require replacement more frequently. lamp will flash for 75 seconds and then remain illuminated. The message center will also USING WINTER TIRES display TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM FAULT. M+S (mud and snow) tires have a recognized level of winter performance and need not be When the original wheels2013. and tires are refitted, replaced. The M+S marking on the tire sidewall the vehicle will need to travel a short distance indicates an 'all season' tire designed for use to reset the TPMS and extinguish the warning all year round, including cold temperatures, lamp. snow and ice. This symbol identifies dedicated USING SNOW CHAINS winter tires, which can be fitted if Limited optimum winter traction is Only use traction devices in heavy snow required, or the vehicle is to be used in more conditions, on compacted snow. extreme winter conditions. Note: Dedicated winter tires often have a lower speed rating than the original equipmentRover tires, Never exceed 30 mph (50 km/h) when and the vehicle must therefore be driven within reserved.traction devices are fitted. the speed limitation of the winter tire. The tire pressures indicated on the tire pressure label are for use in all conditions on Never fit traction devices to a temporary use Land spare wheel. the original equipment tires. If a reducedrights speed rating tire is fitted, the recommended Land Rover approved traction devices may be pressures are only suitable for use below 100 used to improve traction on compacted snow mph (160 km/h). All in heavy snow conditions. They should not be For optimum traction, tires should be run in for used in off-road conditions. at leastJaguar 100 miles (160 kilometers) on dry If it becomes necessary to fit traction devices roads prior to driving on snow or ice. where there is no compacted snow, the © following points must be observed: Land Rover approved winter tire sizes • Only Land Rover approved traction devices 19 inch wheels 235/65 R19 should be used on the vehicle. Only Land 20 inch wheels 255/55 R20 Rover approved traction devices have been tested to ensure that they do not cause 21 inch wheels 265/45 R21 damage to the vehicle. Contact your Land 22 inch wheels 275/40 R22 Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer for information.

225 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Tires

• The wheels and tires fitted must conform TREADWEAR to the specifications of the original The treadwear grade is a comparative rating equipment. based on the wear rate of the tire when tested • Full chain traction devices can be fitted to under controlled conditions on a specified the rear wheels of vehicles fitted with 19 government test course. For example, a tire and 20 inch diameter wheels. graded 150 would wear one and one half (1½) • Half chain traction devices can be fitted to times as well on the government course as a the rear wheels of vehicles fitted with 21 tire graded 100. and 22 inch diameter wheels. • Fit traction devices in pairs on the same If treadwear is uneven across the tire, or a tire axle. wears excessively, the vehicle 2013.should be • Always read, understand and follow the checked by your Land Rover Retailer/ traction device manufacturer's Authorized Repairer as soon as possible. instructions. Pay particular attention to the The relative performance of tires depends upon maximum speed and fitting instructions. the actual conditions of their use, however, and • Avoid tire/vehicle damage, by removing the may depart significantly from the norm due to traction devices as soon as the conditions variations Limitedin driving habits, service practices allow. and differences in road characteristics and climate. UNITED STATES DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION The following information relates to the tire Rover grading system developed by the National reserved. Highway Safety Administration which will grade tires by treadwear, traction and temperature performance. Land When the tread has worn down to Note: Tires that have deep tread and winterrights approximately 2 mm, wear indicators start to tires, are exempt from these markings appear at the surface of the tread pattern. This requirements. produces a continuous band of rubber across All the tread as a visual indicator. UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Quality gradesJaguar can be found where applicable Wear indicators show the minimum tread on the tire sidewall between the tread shoulder depth recommended by the manufacturers. and maximum© section width. For example: Tires which have worn to this point will have Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A. reduced grip and poor water displacement In addition to the markings requirements, characteristics. passenger care tires must conform to Federal Safety Requirements.

226 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Tires

Note: Local legislation may determine a greater tread depth to that shown by the tire wear The temperature grade for this tire is indicators. It remains the driver’s responsibility established for a tire that is properly inflated to ensure the tread depth meets the local legal and not overloaded. Excessive speed, requirements. Do not rely on the tread depth underinflation, or excessive loading, either indicators alone. separately or in combination, can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure. TRACTION The traction grades, from highest to lowest, are TIRE GLOSSARY AA, A, B, and C. The grades represent the tire’s See below for a glossary of frequently used ability to stop on wet pavement as measured terms: under controlled conditions on specified 2013. government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have poor lbf/in² or psi traction performance. Pounds per square inch, an imperial unit of measure for pressure.

The traction grade assigned to this tire is kPaLimited based on straight-ahead braking traction Kilo Pascal, a metric unit of measure for tests and does not include acceleration, pressure. cornering, hydroplaning, or peak traction characteristics. RoverCold tire pressure TEMPERATURE reserved.The air pressure in a tire which has been standing in excess of 3 hours, or driven for less The temperature grades are A (the highest), B, than 1 mile. and C, representing the tire’s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate Land Maximum inflation pressure heat when tested under controlled conditionsrights on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel. The maximum pressure to which the tire should be inflated. This pressure is given on Sustained high temperature can cause the 2 material of the tire to degenerateAll and reduce the tire side wall in lbf/in (psi) and kPa. tire life, and excessive temperature can lead to Note: This pressure is the maximum allowed suddenJaguar tire failure. by the tire manufacturer. It is not the pressure The grade C corresponds to a level of recommended for use. performance© which all passenger car tires must meet under the Federal Motor Safety Curb weight Standard No. 109. The weight of a standard vehicle, including a Grades B and A represent higher levels of full tank of fuel, any optional equipment fitted, performance on the laboratory test wheel than and with the correct coolant and oil levels. the minimum required by law.

227 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Tires

Accessory weight STEPS FOR DETERMINING CORRECT The combined weight (in excess of those items LOAD LIMIT replaced) of items available as factory installed equipment. Do not exceed the vehicle capacity weight Production options weight (the total weight of driver, passengers and cargo) given on the tire information label. The combined weight of options installed which weigh in excess of 3 lb (1.4 kg) more 1. Locate the statement “The combined than the standard items that they replaced, and weight of occupants and cargo should are not already considered in curb or accessory never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs” on your weights. Items such as heavy duty brakes, high vehicle’s Tire and loading 2013.information capacity battery, special trim etc.. label. See 221, TIRE PRESSURE LABEL (USA only) Vehicle capacity weight 2. Determine the combined weight of the The number of seats multiplied by 150 lb (68 driver and passengers that will be riding in kg) plus the rated amount of load/luggage. your vehicle. 3. SubtractLimited the combined weight of the driver Maximum loaded vehicle weight and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs. The sum of curb weight, accessory weight, 4. The resulting figure equals the available vehicle capacity weight, plus any production amount of cargo and luggage load option weights. capacity. For example, if the “XXX” amount Roverequalsreserved. 1400 lbs. and there will be five 150 Rim lb. passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load The metal support for a tire, or tire and tube, capacity is 650 lbs. upon which the tire beads are seated. Land (1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs). Bead rights5. Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle. That The inner edge of a tire that is shaped to fit to weight may not safely exceed the available the rim and form an air tight seal. The bead is All cargo and luggage load capacity calculated constructed of steel wires which are wrapped, in Step 4. or reinforced, by the ply cords. Jaguar 6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be transferred to your © vehicle. Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle. The number and weight of passengers will affect the cargo and luggage capacity. In the example above, the cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lb. However, if fewer passengers ride in the vehicle, the luggage load

228 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Tires

capacity will increase. If this vehicle carries three 150 lb passengers, the cargo and luggage load capacity will increase to 950 lb: (3 x 150 = 450 lb, and 1400 - 450 = 950 lb). If the passengers weigh more, the cargo and luggage load capacity will decrease.

The weight of accessories must also be subtracted from the cargo and luggage load capacity. If you are unsure of the weight of any accessories fitted to your vehicle, contact 2013. your Land Rover Retailer /Authorized Repairer.

Overloading the vehicle will have an adverse affect on braking and handling Limited characteristics, which could compromise your safety. Overloading a vehicle may also cause tire damage or failure. Never overload your vehicle. Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

229 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fuses

FUSEFuses BOX LOCATIONS

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

230 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fuses

6. Remove the fuse box cover. A label on the When a fuse box lid is removed, take care to inside of the cover shows the circuits protect the box from moisture, and refit the lid protected and the fuse locations. at the earliest opportunity. 1. To access the luggage compartment fuse CHANGING A FUSE box (upper), open the rear tailgate. See 13, OPENING AND CLOSING THE POWERED Fit Land Rover approved replacement fuses of TAILGATE. the same rating and type, or fuses of matching Remove the first access panel. Grasp the specification. Using an incorrect fuse, may top of the panel and pull sharply. A label on result in damage to the vehicle's electrical the rear of the access panel shows the system and can result in a fire. circuits protected and the fuse locations. 2013. • When refitting the access panel, If the replacement fuse blows after installation, ensure that the locating/securing pegs the system should be checked by your Land are aligned with their respective holes Rover Retailer/Authorized Repairer. before pushing the panel fully home. Note: Land Rover recommend that relays 2. To access the luggage compartment fuse should only be replaced by qualified persons. box (lower), remove the second access Limited panel. Grasp the top of the panel and pull sharply. A label on the rear of the access Always switch off the ignition, and the affected panel shows the circuits protected and the electrical circuit, before replacing a fuse. fuse locations. • When refitting the access panel,Rover reserved. ensure that the locating/securing pegs are aligned with their respective holes before pushing the panel fully home. 3. To access the passengerLand compartment fuse box open the glove box. Seerights 93, STORAGE COMPARTMENTS. Press the top of the supportAll stay at each end, and lower the glove box into the foot well. A label on the rear of the glove box showsJaguar the circuits protected and the fuse locations. 4.©To access the engine compartment fuse box remove the under hood cover. See 196, UNDER HOOD COVERS - REMOVAL. Release the clip at each end of the fuse box cover. 5. Lightly lift up the leaf screen panel to allow the removal of the fuse box cover.

231 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fuses

ENGINE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse color Circuits protected 1 25 White Engine management system 2 15 Blue Engine management system 3 20 Yellow Oxygen sensors 4 10 Red Cooling Fans 5--- 6--- 7 10 Red Engine management system 2013. 8 5 Tan Digital Monitoring Tank Leakage (DMTL) 9 5 Tan Engine management system 10 20 Yellow Oxygen sensors 11 20 Yellow Oxygen sensors 12 5 Tan Adaptive cruiseLimited control (ACC). Active cornering enhancement (ACE) 13 - -- 14 5 Tan Engine management system 15 - -Rover - 16 5 Tan Electric powerreserved. assist steering (EPAS) 17 15 Blue Active cornering enhancement (ACE) 18 5 Tan Anti-lock braking system (ABS) 19 15Land Blue Intercooler water pump 20 5 Tanrights Engine management system 21 30 Green Headlamp Wash 22 - All-- 23 - -- 24 Jaguar15 Blue Horns 25© - -- 26 - -- 27 - -- 28 10 Red Heated washer jet 29 - -- 30 15 Blue Transmission. Terrain optimisation

232 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fuses

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse color Circuits protected 1 5 Tan Radio frequency receiver, tire pressure monitoring (TPM) system, auxiliary heater, front roof console 2--- 3 15 Blue Front fog lamps 4--- 5 5 Tan Tow bar module 6 5 Tan Ignition relay 2013. 7 20 Yellow Sunroof 8 10 Red Driver information module 9 5 Tan Electric parking brake (EPB) 10 5 Tan Front activeLimited seatbelts 11 10 Red Trailer reverse lamp 12 - - - 13 - - - 14 5 Tan Brake switch 15 30 GreenRover Heatedreserved. rear screen, radio frequency filter 16 10 Red Cubby box cooler 17 5 Tan Keyless vehicle module (KVM) 18 -Land - - 19 5rights Tan Engine control module (ECM) 20 10 Red Heated steering wheel 21 10All Red Front roof console, seat climate control 22 5 Tan Rotary gear selector, automatic transmission Jaguar control module, transfer box, rear differential, terrain optimisation switch © 23 5 Tan Ambient lighting 24 - - - 25 - - - 26 - - - 27 10 Red Trailer side lamps 28 20 Yellow Sunroof

233 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fuses

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse color Circuits protected 29 20 Yellow Sunroof 30 - -- 31 5 Tan Rain and ambient light sensor 32 25 White Driver’s door 33 20 Yellow Dual climate seats 34 10 red Electric fuel flap actuator 35 - -- 36 5 Tan Battery back-up sounder 2013. 37 20 Yellow Keyless vehicle module (KVM) 38 15 Blue Front screen washer 39 25 White Rear left door 40 5 Tan Touch screen display, driver’s door switch pack (exterior mirrors, windows), rear climate control 41 5 Tan Gateway moduleLimited 42 30 Green Driver’s electric seat 43 15 Blue Rear screen washer 44 25 White Rear right door 45 30 GreenRover Passenger reserved.electric seat 46 30 Green Driver’s electric seat 47 10 Red Passenger seat switch pack 48 5 LandTan Electric deployable tow bar 49 5 Tanrights Adaptive front lighting (right-hand unit) 50 5 Tan Adaptive front lighting (left-hand unit) 51 5 AllTan Steering wheel switches 52 20 Yellow Accessory socket-cubby box 53 Jaguar15 Blue Accessory socket-luggage compartment 54© 15 Blue Accessory power socket -RH rear 55 20 Yellow Accessory power socket -LH rear 56 10 Red Supplementary Restraint Systems (SRS) 57 10 Red Glove box lamp, front roof console lamps and windshield fogging sensor 58 25 White Passenger door 59 - --

234 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Fuses

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse color Circuits protected 60 5 5 Seat occupancy module 61 5 5 Immobiliser antenna unit 62 10 Red Climate control module 63 20 Yellow Front cigar lighter 64 - - - 65 - - - 66 5 Tan Diagnostic socket 67 - - - 2013. 68 - - - 69 - - -

LUGGAGE COMPARTMENT FUSE BOX Fuse box (upper) Limited Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse color Circuits protected 1 15 Blue Touch screen. Front integrated control panel 2 10 Red Audio amplifier 3---Rover 4 10 Red Satellitereserved. digital audio radio service (SDARS). Navigation. Television tuner 5 15 Blue Audio head unit 6 15Land Blue Audio video input/output panel 7---rights 8--- 9 - All - - 10 - -- Jaguar11 - - - © 12 - -- 13 - -- 14 - -- 15 10 Red Front and rear integrated control panels 16 20 Yellow Fuel fired booster heater

235 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Fuses

Fuse box (lower)

Fuse number Rating (Amps) Fuse color Circuits protected 1--- 2 25 White Front heated seat 3 25 White Rear heated seat 4 15 Blue Rear seat. Torch Socket 5 15 Blue Trailer 6--- 7 5 Tan Chassis control module 2013. 815BlueFront Seat 9 20 Yellow Rear Wiper Motor 10 - - - 11 - - - 12 - - - Limited 13 - - - 14 10 Red Headlamps. Park distance control. Blind spot monitoring. Rear view mirror. Proximity camera 15 30 Green Fuel Pump (gasoline only) 16 5 TanRover Adaptive cruisereserved. control (ACC) 17 30 Green Passenger front seat 18 30 Green Rear Blower Motor 19 30Land Green Electric park brake (EPB) 20 10 Redrights Chassis control module 21 30 Green Electric park brake (EPB) 22 15All Blue Trailer 23 15 Blue Chassis control module 24 Jaguar20 Yellow Rear climate seats 25© 30 Green Deployable sidesteps 26 20 Yellow Rear climate seats 27 30 Green LH Rear seat 28 30 Green LH Rear seat 29 30 Green RH Rear seat 30 30 Green RH Rear seat

236 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Wheel changing

WHEELWheel changing CHANGING SAFETY TOOL KIT Before raising the vehicle or changing a wheel, Note: Tool types and positions may vary from ensure that you read and comply with the the illustrations. following warnings.

Always find a safe place to stop, off the highway and away from traffic. Ensure that the vehicle and jack are both on firm level ground. Do not jack the vehicle if it is over a metal grating or manhole cover. Apply the parking brake and engage Park (P). 2013. Ensure the air suspension is set to off-road height. Switch on the hazard warning lamps. Ensure that the front wheels are in the straight ahead position. Limited Disconnect trailer from vehicle. Ensure that all passengers and animals are out of the vehicle and in a safe place, away The jack (2) and the spare wheel lift assist tool from the highway. (3) are located under the loadspace floor panel Place a warning triangle at a suitableRover reserved.(1) adjacent to the spare wheel. distance behind the vehicle, facing towards Note: Examine the jack occasionally, clean and oncoming traffic. grease the moving parts, particularly the screw thread, to prevent corrosion. Land The tool kit (4) is located under the spare rights wheel. See 238, REMOVING THE SPARE WHEEL. All Note: Take careful note of the stowage position for each tool, as it is important to return them Jaguar to their correct position after use. ©

237 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Wheel changing

REMOVING THE SPARE WHEEL Do not stow the wheel while the vehicle is raised on the jack. Remove the spare wheel prior to jacking the vehicle, to avoid destabilizing the vehicle when raised. After wheel changing, always secure tools, The spare wheel is heavy and if handled chocks, jack and replaced wheel in their incorrectly may cause injury. Use extreme correct stowage positions. Such objects, if caution when lifting, lowering and not properly stowed, can become flying maneuvering the wheels. missiles in a crash or rollover, potentially Secure the spare wheel (or the removed causing injury or death. wheel) in the correct position using the 2013. retaining bolt.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights

Always remove the spare wheel beforeAll jacking 5. Attach the lift assist tool as shown. the vehicle. • Pull the upper strap to lift up the spare Note: Before removing the spare wheel, take wheel. note of its stowageJaguar position. The wheel to be • Pull the lower strap to place the spare changed© must be correctly stowed and secured wheel on the tailgate. in its place. 6. Remove the tool and carefully lift the spare 1. Open the tailgate. See 12, OPENING AND wheel from the vehicle. CLOSING THE TAILGATE. Note: Reverse the order to stow the changed 2. Remove the loadspace floor panel. wheel. 3. Remove the spare wheel retaining bolt. 4. Remove the vehicle jack and the spare wheel lift assist tool. See 237, TOOL KIT.

238 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Wheel changing

USING WHEEL CHOCKS WHEEL CHANGING Before raising the vehicle or changing a wheel, ensure that you read and comply with the Before raising the vehicle, the wheel following warnings. diagonally opposite the one to be removed must be chocked. Ensure that the vehicle and jack are both on firm level ground. Always chock the wheels using suitable wheel chocks. Place the chocks on both sides of the wheel diagonally opposite the wheel to Do not jack the vehicle if it is over a metal be changed. grating or manhole cover.2013.

If jacking the vehicle on a slight slope is Never place anything between the jack and unavoidable, place the chocks on the the ground, or between the jack and the downhill side of both wheels on the axle not vehicle. being raised. Limited Always position the jack from the side of the vehicle, in line with the appropriate jacking point. Rover reserved.WARNING - THAT NO PERSON SHOULD PLACE ANY PORTION OF THEIR BODY UNDER A VEHICLE THAT IS SUPPORTED BY A JACK. Land rights The jack is designed for wheel changing only. Never work beneath the vehicle with the jack All as the only means of support. Always use correctly rated vehicle support stands, before putting any part of your body beneath the Jaguar vehicle. Wheel chocks are stowed in the tool kit. 1.©Remove the chocks from the tool kit. Always use the complete jacking lever 2. Pull the two halves slightly apart (A) and assembly throughout the tire changing twist fully to increase the wedge profile (B). process, to minimize any chance of 3. Position the vehicle on level ground. accidental injury. Both chocks must be used. Position them on opposite sides of the wheel and fully push them home against the tire.

239 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Wheel changing

Note: Your vehicle may be fitted with a tilt sensor which activates the alarm if the vehicle Take care when loosening the wheel nuts. is tilted in any direction after it has been locked. The wheel brace may slip off if not properly To lock the doors while changing the wheel, attached and the wheel nuts may give way and avoid the alarm activating, tilt sensor can suddenly. Either unexpected movement, may be temporarily disabled. 71, INSTRUMENT cause an injury. PANEL MENU. Note: If side steps or tubes are fitted, the Do not start or run the engine while the jacking points are located on the underside of vehicle is supported only by a jack. the side step or tube brackets. Before raising the vehicle, use2013. the wheel nut Only jack the vehicle using the jacking points brace to slacken the wheel nuts of the wheel to described, or damage to the vehicle could be replaced by half a turn counter-clockwise. occur.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar

1. Position© the jack under the relevant jacking 3. Raise the vehicle using the jack with a slow point under the chassis. Do not allow the steady operation. Avoid rapid, jerky actions jack to contact the chassis or body at any as they may cause the vehicle/jack to other point as damage may result. become unstable. 2. Turn the jack lever clockwise to raise until 4. Remove the wheel nuts and place them the jack pin locates into the jacking point. together where they cannot roll away. Ensure that the base of the jack is in full contact with the road surface.

240 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Wheel changing

5. Remove the wheel and place to one side. IMPORTANT – USE OF SPARE TIRE Do not lay the wheel on its face, as this may damage the finish. 6. Fit the temporary spare wheel to the hub. Adhere to the instructions on the temporary spare warning label, affixed to the wheel. 7. Re-fit the wheel nuts and lightly tighten them. Ensure that the wheel is making contact with the hub evenly. Where fitted the temporary use spare wheel 8. Ensure that the space under the vehicle is is FOR TEMPORARY USE ONLY. Drive with clear of obstructions, then lower the caution while the temporary use spare wheel vehicle slowly and smoothly. is fitted. Ensure that an original size wheel 9. With all wheels on the ground and the jack and tire are fitted as soon2013. as possible. removed, fully tighten the wheel nuts. The wheel nuts must be tightened in sequence (see illustration) to the correct torque of 98 Do not fit more than one temporary use spare lbf.ft (133 Nm). wheel on the vehicle at any one time.

Do notLimited exceed 50 mph (80 km/h) while the temporary use spare wheel is fitted.

The temporary use spare wheel must be Roverreserved.inflated to 60 psi (4.2 Bar/420 kPa).

Note: If it is not possible to torque the wheel DSC must be switched on while the nuts when a wheel is replaced, they should be temporary use spare wheel is in use. set to the correct torque Landas soon as rightspossible. If an alloy spare wheel is to be fitted, using a Traction devices such as snow chains cannot suitable blunt tool, knock the center cap out of be used with a temporary use spare wheel. the removed wheel. Using handAll pressure only, press the center cap into the newly fitted spare. CheckJaguar and adjust the tire pressure as soon as possible.©

241 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Vehicle recovery

TOWINGVehicle recovery EYES

Remove the front and rear towing eye covers The towing points at the front and rear of the before driving off-road, to prevent damage or vehicle are designed for on-road recovery loss. only. If they are used for any other purpose, it may result in vehicle damage and serious The front and rear towing points are located injury. behind removable covers.

2013.

Limited

1. To release the front cover, rotate each of Roverreserved. the fasteners 90 degrees counter clockwise with a coin (or similar). 2. To remove the cover, lower the top edge and then pull the cover forward.Land When refitting, first ensure the two lugs at therights bottom edge of the cover engage with the holes in the body panel then secure in position by rotating each of theAll fasteners 90 degrees clockwise. Jaguar ©

242 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Vehicle recovery

2013.

Limited

1. To release the rear cover, rotate each of the OFF-ROAD RECOVERY fasteners 90 degrees counter clockwise with a coin (or similar), to release the lower edge. Roverreserved.If the towing points are to be used for off-road 2. Rotate the cover to release the hooks at the recovery, it is essential that off-road driver top. Remove the cover. training covering recovery techniques is undertaken. 3. When refitting the rear cover, ensure that the 4 hooks on the topLand edge of the cover Further information regarding off-road driver engage in the body panel then securerights in training can be found at position by rotating each of the fasteners http://www.landroverexperience.com 90 degrees clockwise. All TRANSPORTING THE VEHICLE The rear towing point may be used to tow another vehicle if required. The recommended method for Jaguar recovery/transporting the vehicle is by trailer © designed for that purpose. Always use qualified persons to perform recovery and to ensure the vehicle is secured correctly.

Use extreme caution when moving or towing the vehicle. Death or serious injury may occur.

243 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Vehicle recovery

If the vehicle electronics are operational, the air Only tow the vehicle in a forward direction with suspension must be set to access height, all four wheels on the ground. Towing in a before securing the vehicle to a recovery reverse direction or with only two wheels on vehicle or trailer. See 110, ACCESS HEIGHT. the ground, will cause serious damage to the transmission. TOWING THE VEHICLE ON FOUR WHEELS Do not tow the vehicle for more than 30 miles The vehicle should be recovered with all four (50 km). Do not exceed 30 mph (50 km/h). wheels clear of the ground, i.e., on a trailer. Towing for a greater distance or at a higher However, if the vehicle cannot be recovered by speed may result in serious damage2013. to the using the correct method, in an emergency the transmission. vehicle can be towed on all four wheels for a short distance. Please adhere to the following Do not tow the vehicle if the transmission guidelines. cannot be set in Neutral (N), or if the rear electronic differential has failed in the locked position. The recovery agent MUST activate the Limited Emergency Park Release before towing The following procedure must be carried out commences. This procedure is covered in a carefully to prevent damage to the vehicle: separate publication for service personnel. 1. Secure the towing attachment from the recovery vehicle to the front towing Rovereye.reserved.242, TOWING EYES If transmission Neutral (N) is selected and 2. With the parking brake applied, switch on the engine is then switched off, the the ignition. transmission will wait for 10 minutes before automatically selecting Park (P). At this point 3. Apply the foot brake and rotate the selector if the Emergency Park ReleaseLand has not been to Neutral (N). activated and the vehicle is being towed,rights 4. Activate the Emergency Park Release. serious damage to the transmission will 5. Switch off the ignition and leave the Smart result. There is also a danger to personalAll Key in a secure place inside the vehicle. safety. 6. The ignition may be switched on to allow Jaguar operation of turn signals, brake lamps etc. If the engine cannot be used during towing, 7. Release the parking brake before towing there will© be no power assistance to the the vehicle. braking system. This will result in much greater effort to stop the vehicle and in a Leaving the ignition switched on for extended greatly increased stopping distance. periods will drain the vehicle battery.

244 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

Vehicle recovery

AFTER TOWING ON FOUR WHEELS 1. Apply the parking brake. 2. Switch on the ignition and apply the foot brake. 3. Rotate the gear selector to Park (P). 4. Deactivate the Emergency Park Release. 5. Switch off the ignition and remove the Smart Key from the vehicle. 6. Remove the recovery vehicle towing attachment from the front towing eye and 2013. refit the cover.

Use extreme caution when detaching towing equipment. Vehicle movement is possible which can result in serious injury. Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

245 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Vehicle labels

LABELVehicle labels LOCATIONS 3. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) is stamped on a plate visible through the Warning labels attached to your lowest part of the left side of the vehicle bearing this symbol mean: windshield. The number is also stamped Do not touch or adjust into the right side suspension tower. components until you have read Note: If you need to communicate with a the relevant instructions in the Retailer/Authorized Repairer, you may be handbook. asked to quote the VIN number. Labels showing this symbol 4. End of facia (passenger side) - Passenger indicate that the ignition system air bag label. utilizes very high voltages. Do not 5. Sun visor - Air bag label, vehicle handling touch any ignition components 2013. label. while the starter switch is turned on. 6. Base of B pillar-VIN number. 7. Base of left hand B pillar or inside base of left hand front door - Tire pressure label, air bag warning label. 8. Inside Limitedfuel filler flap - Fuel label. 9. Engine number: V8 - The number is located on the front of the right-hand cam cover. It is important that you are familiar with these subjects to ensure that your vehicle and its Roverfeaturesreserved. are used safely.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

1. Hood locking platform - Air conditioning label. 2. Top of battery - Battery warning symbols.

246 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

R

After a collision

BEFOREAfter a collision STARTING OR DRIVING To read data recorded by an EDR, special equipment is required, and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to the If the vehicle is involved in a collision it vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such as should be checked by a Land Rover law enforcement, that have the special Retailer/Authorized Repairer, or suitably equipment, can read the information if they qualified persons, before starting or driving. have access to the vehicle or the EDR.

EVENT DATA RECORDING SERVICE DATA RECORDING This vehicle is equipped with an event data Service data recorders in your vehicle are recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR is capable of collecting and storing diagnostic to record, in certain crash or near crash-like information about your ve2013.hicle. This potentially situations, such as an air bag deployment or includes information about the performance or hitting a road obstacle, data that will assist in status of various systems and modules in the understanding how a vehicle's systems vehicle such as engine, throttle, steering or performed. The EDR is designed to record data brakes. related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems In order to properly diagnose and service your for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds vehicle,Limited Land Rover an d service and repair or less. The EDR in this vehicle is designed to facilities may access vehicle diagnostic record such data as: information through a direct connection to • How various systems in your vehicle were your vehicle. operating; • Whether or not the driver and passengerRover reserved. safety belts were buckled/fastened; • How far (if at all) the driver was depressing the accelerator and/or brake pedal; and, • How fast the vehicle Landwas traveling. These data can help provide a betterrights understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur. All NOTE: EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data areJaguar recorded by the EDR under normal driving© conditions and no personal data (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) are recorded. However, other parties, such as law enforcement, could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation.

247 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

After a collision

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

248 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

A Alarm ABS (Anti-lock braking system) deactivating...... 17 warning lamp...... 67 Antifreeze level check ...... 202 ACC (Adaptive cruise control) ...... 129 Anti-trap protection advanced emergency brake assist . . . . 134 windows ...... 56 automatic switch-off ...... 131 Arduous driving conditions...... 193 detection beam issues ...... 132 Arming the alarm ...... 16 driving hints ...... 132 Armrest fault ...... 133 front seat ...... 21 follow mode...... 130 ASL (Automatic speed limiter) ...... 142 forward alert ...... 133 warning lamp ...... 68 gap change ...... 130 Audio 2013. intelligent emergency braking ...... 134 settings...... 144 malfunction ...... 133 Audio/video operating ...... 129 controls...... 143 override ...... 131 portable media queue assist...... 131 connections...... 156 resume follow mode ...... 131 Limitedcontrols...... 154 resume set speed ...... 131 pairing...... 158 Access height ...... 110 play ...... 157 locked ...... 110 video media player Adaptive front lighting system (AFS) controls...... 160 warning lamp...... 68 Automatic gearbox ...... 103 AFS (Adaptive front lighting system). . Rover. . . 51 reserved.Automatic locking...... 12 After a collision Automatic speed limiter before starting or driving...... 247 controls...... 142 Air bags...... 43 Automatic switch off (ACC) ...... 131 deployment effects . . Land...... 46 Auxiliary devices disability modifications ...... rights . . . . . 48 connecting multiple devices ...... 158 front...... 43 module covers...... All ...... 199 B occupant sensing...... 47 Battery operation ...... 44 changing serviceJaguar information ...... 48 timed climate remote ...... 218 side and curtain ...... 44 charging ...... 217 ©SRS (Supplementary restraint system) 192 jump starting warning lamp...... 46 connecting cables ...... 214 warning lamps...... 68 vehicle Air conditioning removing...... 216 air quality sensor ...... 79 warning symbols ...... 214 rear ...... 82 Battery charge Air quality sensor ...... 79 warning lamp ...... 67 Air suspension...... 109

249 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Index

Beltminder Cell phone warning lamp...... 67 pairing using touch screen ...... 170 Belts ...... 199 Changing a bulb ...... 196 seatbelt warning lamp ...... 67 Changing a fuse ...... 231 Bluetooth...... 168 Changing the battery (timed climate) . . . . 218 audio Charging the vehicle battery ...... 217 pairing ...... 158 Child safety media booster seats ...... 42 pairing ...... 158 child seat positioning ...... 39 telephone child seats...... 36 compatibility ...... 170 restraint check list...... 37 icons ...... 171 Child safety locks ...... 2013...... 36 overview ...... 168 Child seats ...... 36 pairing ...... 170 LATCH anchor points ...... 40 phonebook...... 172 positioning ...... 39 safety ...... 169 Cleaning Boost starting ...... 214 after off-road driving...... 198 Booster seats...... 42 exterior Limited...... 197 Brakes interior ...... 198 ABS warning lamp ...... 67 leather...... 199 advanced emergency assist...... 134 parking sensors ...... 120 EBA (Emergency brake assist)...... 113 Climate control ...... 78 EBD (Electronic brake force automatic recirculation ...... 79 distribution) ...... 113Roverrearreserved...... 82 fluid level check ...... 204 Climate seats ...... 79 fluid topping up ...... 204 Closing the hood...... 194 hill start assist ...... 113 Closing vehicle detection (BSM)...... 61 parking brake...... Land...... 114 Condensation (headlamps)...... 51 warning lamp ...... rights 66 Connecting a starting aid ...... 215 steep slopes...... 113 Controls warning lamp...... 66, 67 headlamps ...... 49 BSM (Blind spot monitor) ...... All ...... 59 Coolant closing vehicle detection ...... 61 checking the level ...... 202 BSM (Blind spotJaguar monitoring) top up ...... 203 sensors ...... 62 Cover Business© class seats ...... 22 loadspace ...... 84 Critical warning messages ...... 66 C Cruise control Call volume ...... 172 ACC (Adaptive cruise control)...... 129 Capacities ...... 209 malfunction ...... 133 CD/DVD operating...... 129 loading discs ...... 144 override...... 131 resume follow mode ...... 131

250 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

resume set speed...... 131 wipers follow mode...... 130 rain sensor ...... 54 operating ...... 128 Driving position memory ...... 21 warning lamp...... 69 DSC (Dynamic stability control) warning lamp D active...... 67 Daily checks ...... 192 off ...... 67 Data recording...... 247 Dynamic response Daytime running lamps ...... 50 fluid level ...... 206 Deselecting valet mode ...... 77 topping up ...... 206 Destination entry ...... 179 Dynamic stability control (DSC) ...... 107 search area ...... 179 2013. Detection beam issues ...... 132 E Dimensions ...... 211 EBA (Emergency brake assist) ...... 113 Disability modifications (air bags)...... 48 EBD (Electronic brake force distribution) . 113 Disabling the powered tailgate...... 15 Electric seats Door transceiver front ...... 19 entry gate ...... 65 rearLimited ...... 23 garage door opener ...... 63 Electronic brake force distribution (EBD) . 113 Drive away locking ...... 12 Electronic data ...... 247 Driver controls...... 264 Electronic parking brake (EPB) ...... 114 Driver information module Emergency warning lamps...... Rover. . . 66 jump starting Driving reserved.connecting cables ...... 214 ACC (Adaptive cruise control) . . . 129, 132 Emergency brake assist (EBA) ...... 134 override ...... 131 Engine adaptive cruise control compartment automatic switch offLand ...... 131 fuse box ...... 232 arduous conditions ...... rights . . . . 193 opening...... 194 controls ...... 264 overview ...... 195 daily checks...... All ...... 192 coolant level checking...... 202 DSC warning lamp engine compartment...... 195 active ...... 67 failure to start ...... 101 offJaguar ...... 67 oil level check ...... 201 EBA (Emergency brake assist)...... 113 specifications ...... 208 ©EBD (Electronic brake force starting ...... 100 distribution) ...... 113 switching off ...... 100 forward alert ...... 133 Engine temperature warning lamp...... 69 warning lamp ...... 66 mirror dip when reversing ...... 58 Entering a destination...... 179 position memory ...... 21 sitting correctly ...... 20

251 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Index

Entering the vehicle Exterior mirrors ...... 57 entry and exit mode...... 29 External temperature global opening...... 11 warning lamp ...... 68 keyless entry ...... 11 single/multi-point ...... 11 F unlocking...... 9 Fitting a tow ball ...... 91 Entertainment Flat spots ...... 224 portable media Fluid level changing device ...... 159 dynamic response...... 206 connecting devices ...... 157 Fluid level check connecting multiple devices...... 158 brakes ...... 204 connections ...... 156 Fluids 2013. controls ...... 154 capacities ...... 209 lost connection ...... 159 coolant pairing ...... 158 topping up...... 203 playing ...... 157 engine oil radio check...... 201 controls ...... 148 specificationsLimited ...... 208 RBDS (Radio broadcast data washer system) ...... 149 level check...... 205 RSE (Rear screen entertainment) topping up...... 205 screen settings...... 75 Fog lamps satellite radio Roverwarning lamp ...... 68 controls ...... 151 Foldingreserved. and raising the rear seats...... 25 touch screen ...... 200 Follow mode display icons ...... 75 entering...... 130 home menu ...... 74 gap change ...... 130 operating ...... Land...... 75 override...... 131 setup ...... rights 75 resume ...... 131 system settings ...... 75 warning lamp ...... 68 touch screen care ...... All ...... 75 Forward alert...... 133 video media player Forward alert warning lamp ...... 69 controls ...... 160 Front parking aid...... 119 Entry and exitJaguar mode...... 29 system fault ...... 120 EPB (Electric parking brake) ...... 114 Fuel Event data© recording ...... 247 ethanol ...... 190 Exiting the vehicle filler flap ...... 190 door locks and release levers...... 17 filling...... 191 keyless locking ...... 16 low fuel level warning lamp...... 68 locking and arming the alarm ...... 16 methanol...... 190 Exterior cleaning ...... 197 octane rating...... 189 Exterior lamps reformulated gasoline ...... 190 bulb changing ...... 196

252 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

running out of ...... 190 courtesy delay...... 50 safety precautions ...... 189 high beam assist...... 50 tank capacity ...... 191 high beam warning lamp ...... 68 Fuel and refuelling warning lamp (AFS) ...... 68 fuel system ...... 194 washers ...... 54 Fuses Headphones changing ...... 231 rear media...... 164 engine compartment fuse box ...... 232 Heating and ventilation locations ...... 230 climate control ...... 78 luggage compartment fuse box ...... 235 rear ...... 82 passenger compartment fuse box . . . . 233 Heatng and ventilation automatic recirculation2013...... 79 G High beam Garage door opener...... 63 warning lamp ...... 68 entry gate ...... 65 High beam assist ...... 50 programing ...... 64 Hill descent...... 105 Gearbox Hill descent control automatic...... 103 controls.Limited ...... 140 limp home mode ...... 106 gradient release control ...... 141 temporary manual selection ...... 105 Hill start assist ...... 113 Global opening ...... 11 Homelink ...... 63 programing...... 64 Hood H Roverreserved. closing ...... 194 Handling opening...... 194 DSC warning lamp active ...... 67 off ...... 67 I Land Ignition EBD (Electronic brake force rights distribution) ...... 113 rolling re-start...... 101 steep slopes...... 113 switching on ...... 100 HD radio ...... All ...... 150 Information messages ...... 66 HDC (Hill descent control)...... 140 Infotainment Head restraints navigation electric.Jaguar ...... 27 coordinates ...... 182 ©manual...... 28 menu...... 177 removal ...... 28 POI categories...... 183 Headlamps POI (Points of interest) ...... 181, 182 adaptive ...... 51 previous ...... 182 AFS (Adaptive front lighting system) . . . 51 restore defaults ...... 181 bulb changing ...... 196 TMC ...... 183 condensation ...... 51 TMC display ...... 184 controls ...... 49 TMC icons...... 184

253 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Index

portable media K changing device ...... 159 Keyless entry ...... 11 connecting devices ...... 157 Keyless locking...... 16 connecting multiple devices...... 158 Keyless start backup...... 101 connections ...... 156 controls ...... 154 L lost connection ...... 159 Label locations ...... 246 pairing ...... 158 Lamp test ...... 66 playing ...... 157 Lamps radio bulb changing ...... 196 controls ...... 148 condensation ...... 51 RBDS (Radio broadcast data controls...... 2013...... 49 system) ...... 149 daytime running ...... 50 RSE (Rear seat entertainment) high beam assist...... 50 screen settings...... 75 interior ...... 52 satellite radio warning lamps ...... 66 controls ...... 151 LATCH anchor points ...... 40 telephone Leather cleaningLimited ...... 199 pairing ...... 170 Lights phonebook...... 172 bulb changing ...... 196 touch screen ...... 200 condensation ...... 51 display icons ...... 75 controls...... 49 home menu ...... 74 Limp home mode ...... 106 operating ...... 75Rover Loadingreserved. discs (CD/DVD)...... 144 setup ...... 75 Loadspace system settings ...... 75 cover...... 84 touch screen care ...... 75 divider...... 86 video media player Land luggage anchor points ...... 87 controls ...... rights160 Locking Inhibited media playback...... 161 door locks and release levers ...... 17 Instrument panel ...... 70 drive away...... 12 lamp test ...... All ...... 66 keyless ...... 16 menu ...... 71 mislock ...... 17 warning and information messages. . . . 71 Jaguar Locking and arming the alarm ...... 16 warning lamps...... 66 Locking and unlocking Interior cleaning ...... 198 © unlocking ...... 9 Interior lamps Locking mechanism bulb changing ...... 196 seat belts...... 33 Interior lights...... 52 Low fuel level warning lamp ...... 68 J Lubricants Jump starting ...... 214 specifications ...... 208

254 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

Luggage anchor points ...... 87 Messages ...... 66 Luggage compartment Mirrors fuse box...... 235 BSM (Blind spot monitor)...... 59 dip when reversing ...... 58 M Mirrors and windows Maintenance exterior mirrors...... 57 blocked washer jets ...... 196 sunroof bulb changing ...... 196 reset ...... 197 capacities...... 209 Moon roof changing a fuse ...... 231 reset ...... 197 cleaning parking sensors...... 120 Multi-height drop plate closing the hood ...... 194 fitting ...... 2013...... 91 coolant level checking ...... 202 daily checks...... 192 N engine compartment ...... 195 Navigation exterior cleaning ...... 197 avoid points ...... 180 fuse box locations ...... 230 cancel guidance ...... 181 fuse box (luggage compartment). . . . . 235 compassLimited view ...... 187 interior cleaning...... 198 destination entry ...... 179 jump starting coordinates ...... 182 connecting cables ...... 214 emergency ...... 182 leather cleaning ...... 199 previous ...... 182 lubricants and fliud specifications . . Rover. . 208 search area ...... 179 safety in the garage ...... 193 reserved.start guidance ...... 180 smart key battery changing ...... 15 easy route ...... 181 under hood covers...... 196 highway ...... 182 weekly checks ...... 193 home...... 182 wiper service position Land...... 196 learn route ...... 181 Map (navigation system)...... rights . . . . 182 load route ...... 186 Map split screen (navigations system) . . 178 map...... 182 Massage seats...... All ...... 24, 81 map auto zoom...... 179 Media ...... 161 map split screen ...... 178 inhibited...... 161 menu...... 177 portableJaguar new route ...... 186 lost connection ...... 159 off-road navigation ...... 185 © play ...... 157 operating...... 175 portable media overview ...... 175 connections ...... 156 POI (Points of interest) ...... 182 Menu categories/sub-categories ...... 183 instrument panel ...... 71 quick POI selection ...... 181 Message center ...... 70 POI search ...... 183 service interval indicator ...... 73 restore defaults...... 181

255 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Index

route options ...... 186 Passenger seat away ...... 24 screen modes ...... 179 Phone TMC...... 183 bluetooth...... 168 display ...... 184 call volume ...... 172 icons ...... 184 changing connected phone ...... 171 using TMC ...... 185 compatibility ...... 170 voice commands (POI) ...... 166 controls voice guidance...... 181 steering wheel...... 172 icons ...... 171 O overview ...... 168 Occupant safety phonebook ...... 172 seatbelts ...... 199 safety ...... 2013...... 169 warning lamp ...... 67 POI (Points of interest)...... 182 Off-road height ...... 109 search ...... 183 Off-road navigation ...... 185 Portable media Oil changing device ...... 159 engine connecting devices ...... 157 level check ...... 201 connectingLimited multiple devices ...... 158 topping up ...... 202 connections ...... 156 used engine oil ...... 194 controls...... 154 Opening the hood ...... 194 lost connection ...... 159 Overriding speed and follow mode pairing...... 158 (cruise) ...... 131Roverplaying ...... 157 Owner maintenance...... 192 Poweredreserved. tailgate disabling ...... 15 opening and closing ...... 13 P opening height ...... 14 Paddle shift Land Pressures (tire)...... 222 temporary manual selection ...... rights105 Previous destination (navigation system). 182 Panoramic roof ...... 55 Punctured tires ...... 224 Park assist...... 124 limitations ...... All . . . . . 127 troubleshooting ...... 127 R Parking aid Radio operatingJaguar ...... 119 controls...... 148 reverse© traffic detection ...... 122 RBDS (Radio broadcast data system). . 149 sensors ...... 123 Rain sensor...... 54 sensor cleaning ...... 120 Range change system fault...... 120 indicator ...... 105 Parking brake ...... 114 low to high ...... 106 warning lamp...... 66 on the move ...... 105 Parts and accessories ...... 192 stationary ...... 105 Passenger compartment fuse box ...... 233 RBDS (Radio broadcast data system). . . . 149

256 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

RBDS-TMC ...... 183 S display ...... 184 Safety icons ...... 184 air bag deployment effects ...... 46 RDS-TMC ...... 185 air bag operation...... 44 Rear media air bag service information ...... 48 control from the touch screen ...... 162 air bags...... 43 headphones ...... 164 child locks...... 36 remote control...... 163 disability modifications (air bags)...... 48 remote control battery ...... 164 fuel safety precautions ...... 189 screen settings ...... 75 in the garage...... 193 using the remote ...... 163 seatbelts ...... 199 Recording warning lamp . . . .2013...... 67 service data ...... 247 sitting correctly...... 20 Recovery smart key transmitter locations ...... 12 towing eyes ...... 242 used engine oil ...... 194 transporting...... 243 using the telephone...... 169 Refuelling ...... 191 wheel changing...... 237 Remote control SafetyLimited defects ...... 8 battery changing ...... 15 Safety precautions driving position memory ...... 21 tire care...... 220 system transmitters...... 212 Satellite navigation Removing the spare wheel ...... 238 cancel guidance ...... 181 Removing vehicle battery ...... 216 destination entry ...... 179 Replacement tires ...... Rover. . 224 reserved. coordinates ...... 182 Reporting safety defects ...... 8 previous ...... 182 Reset search area ...... 179 sunroof ...... 197 start guidance ...... 180 windows ...... Land...... 197 emergency ...... 182 Restarting the engine whilst movingrights . . . . 101 map...... 182 Restore default settings (navigation map split screen ...... 178 system) ...... All ...... 181 menu...... 177 Restricted seat travel...... 20 operating...... 175 Resume speed and follow mode (ACC) . . 131 overview ...... 175 ReverseJaguar parking aid...... 119 POI (Points of interest) ...... 182 system fault...... 120 categories ...... 183 Reverse© traffic detection ...... 122 quick POI selection ...... 181 sensors ...... 123 POI search ...... 183 Roll stability control (RSC) ...... 108 restore defaults...... 181 Rolling re-start ...... 101 screen modes ...... 179 RSE (Rear seat entertainment) TMC ...... 183 screen settings ...... 75 display...... 184 Running out of fuel ...... 190 icons ...... 184 using TMC ...... 185

257 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Index

voice commands (POI) ...... 166 Selecting valet mode...... 76 voice guidance...... 181 Service interval indicator ...... 73 Satellite radio Servicing controls ...... 151 data recording...... 247 reception ...... 153 Setting a destination (navigation) ...... 179 subscription setup ...... 152 Settings Screen modes (navigation system) . . . . . 179 rear media...... 75 Search area (navigation system) ...... 179 Silencing the alarm ...... 17 Seat belts Single/multi-point enter ...... 11 care ...... 33 Sitting correctly ...... 20 locking mechanism ...... 33 Smart key pre-tensioners ...... 34 battery changing ...... 2013...... 15 reminder ...... 34 driving position memory...... 21 using ...... 31 transmitters ...... 12, 212 Seatbelts ...... 199 Specifications warning lamp...... 67 dimensions ...... 211 Seats engine ...... 208 business class fluids. . Limited...... 208 rear ...... 22 lubricants ...... 208 child booster seats ...... 42 weight ...... 210 child seats ...... 36 Speed-dependent wipers ...... 54 climate...... 79 Split screen map...... 178 driving position memory ...... 21 SRS (Supplementary restraint system) electric Roverair bagreserved. covers ...... 199 front...... 19 air bag warning lamp ...... 68 head restraints ...... 27 air bags...... 192 rear ...... 23 Stability control...... 107 front armrest ...... Land...... 21 switching off ...... 107 manual rightsswitching on ...... 107 head restraints ...... 28 Starting head restraints removal ...... 28 after a collision ...... 247 rear ...... All ...... 24 Starting navigation guidance ...... 180 massage seats...... 24 Starting the engine ...... 100 passengerJaguar seat away ...... 24 Steering wheel rear adjusting ...... 29 folding© and raising ...... 25 controls restricted seat travel ...... 20 connect phone call ...... 172 seat massage...... 81 decrease volume ...... 172 seatbelts ...... 199 disconnect phone call ...... 172 warning lamp ...... 67 increase volume ...... 172 sitting correctly ...... 20 scroll/search down ...... 172 Security voice control talk...... 172 deactivating the alarm ...... 17 Steering wheel controls ...... 172

258 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

Storage compartments ...... 93 rock crawl program...... 139 cup holders ...... 93 sand program ...... 138 front cubby box ...... 93 Tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS). 116 glove box...... 93 changing a spare wheel ...... 117 rear armrest...... 93 vehicle loading ...... 117 Sunroof Tires reset ...... 197 flat spots...... 224 Surround camera...... 136 markings...... 219 trailer guidance ...... 137 pressures ...... 222 Suspension ...... 109 punctured ...... 224 access height...... 110 replacements ...... 224 adaptive dynamics...... 111 speed rating ...... 2013...... 220 extended mode ...... 110 tire care...... 220 locked access height ...... 110 TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system) off-road height...... 109 warning lamp ...... 68 remote operation ...... 111 using snow chains ...... 225 Switching off the engine ...... 100 using winter tires ...... 225 Switching on the ignition...... 100 valvesLimited ...... 224 wheel changing...... 239 T TMC ...... 183 Tailgate display ...... 184 opening and closing ...... 12 icons...... 184 opening and closing (powered tailgate).Rover 13 TMC (Traffic message channel) ...... 185 Technical specifications reserved.Tool kit ...... 237 weights ...... 210 Topping up Telephone brake fluid...... 204 bluetooth ...... 168 dynamic response...... 206 call volume ...... Land...... 172 engine coolant ...... 203 changing the connected telephonerights . . . 171 engine oil ...... 202 compatibility ...... 170 washer fluid ...... 205 controls All Touch screen ...... 200 steering wheel ...... 172 audio settings ...... 144 icons ...... 171 audio/video controls ...... 143 overviewJaguar ...... 168 display icons...... 75 pairing ...... 170 HD radio ...... 150 ©phonebook...... 172 home menu...... 74 safety...... 169 loading discs (CD/DVD) ...... 144 Terrain response ...... 138 navigation driver override options ...... 139 coordinates ...... 182 general program ...... 138 menu...... 177 grass/gravel/snow program...... 138 POI categories...... 183 mud-ruts program...... 138 POI (Points of interest) ...... 181, 182 screen modes ...... 179

259 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Index

search area ...... 179 Trailer TMC ...... 183 electrical connection ...... 89 TMC icons ...... 184 towing...... 89 operating ...... 75 trailer guidance portable media camera ...... 137 changing device ...... 159 weights ...... 89 connecting devices ...... 157 Trailer direction indicators ...... 69 connecting multiple devices...... 158 Trailer stability assist (TSA) ...... 90 connections ...... 156 Transmission controls ...... 154 limp home mode...... 106 lost connection ...... 159 temporary manual selection ...... 105 pairing ...... 158 Transmission (automatic). . . .2013...... 103 playing ...... 157 Transmitters radio controls ...... 148 smart key ...... 12, 212 rear media controls ...... 162 Transporting the vehicle ...... 243 RSE (Rear seat entertainment) Trim screen settings...... 75 air bag covers (cleaning)...... 199 SAT radio controls...... 151 Trip computerLimited setup ...... 75 trip distance ...... 72 system settings ...... 75 using...... 72 telephone pairing ...... 170 U phonebook...... 172RoverUnder hood covers ...... 196 touch screen care ...... 75 Unlockingreserved...... 9, 17 valet mode ...... 76 entry and exit mode ...... 29 video media player global opening ...... 11 controls ...... 160 keyless entry...... 11 voice settings...... Land...... 76 Used engine oil ...... 194 Towing rightsUsing a trailer ...... 89 snow chains ...... 225 essential checks...... All ...... 90 winter tires ...... 225 fitting a tow ball...... 91 Using cruise control ...... 128 trailer guidance ...... 137 Using the parking aid ...... 119 trailer stabilityJaguar assist (TSA) ...... 90 weights ...... 89 Towing© eyes ...... 242 V TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system) Valet mode ...... 76 tire care ...... 220 deselecting ...... 77 valves ...... 224 Vehicle battery warning lamp...... 68 connecting a starting aid...... 215 Traction control jump starting switching off ...... 107 connecting cables ...... 214 switching on ...... 107 removing...... 216

260 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

Vehicle cleaning cruise control ...... 69 after off-road driving ...... 198 DSC...... 67 exterior ...... 197 engine temperature...... 66 interior...... 198 engine/transmission ...... 67 parking sensors...... 120 external temperature...... 68 Vehicle data recording...... 247 fog lamps ...... 68 Vehicle dimensions ...... 211 follow mode ...... 68 Vehicle label locations ...... 246 forward alert ...... 69 Vehicle recovery front fog lamps ...... 68 after towing on four wheels ...... 245 headlamp high beam...... 68 towing eyes ...... 242 high beam assist...... 69 towing the vehicle on four wheels . . . . 244 hill descent control . .2013...... 69 transporting the vehicle ...... 243 lamp test...... 66 Vehicle settings low fuel level...... 68 valet mode...... 76 low oil pressure ...... 66 Vehicle stability ...... 7 low range ...... 69 Video media player parking brake ...... 66 controls ...... 160 seatbeltLimited ...... 67 inhibited playback ...... 161 side lamps ...... 69 VIN location...... 246 TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring Voice control ...... 165 system)...... 68 navigation POI ...... 166 trailer direction indicators...... 69 training ...... 166 turn signal...... 69 tutorial ...... Rover. . 166 reserved.Warning symbols (battery)...... 214 voicetags ...... 166 Warranty...... 188 Voice guidance ...... 181 Washer jets Voice settings ...... 76 blockages ...... 196 Volume Land Washers telephone...... rights . . . . 172 operating...... 53 Washers (headlamps)...... 54 W All Weekly checks ...... 193 Warning and information messages . . . . . 71 Weights Warning lamps ...... 66 towing...... 89 ABSJaguar ...... 67 vehicle...... 210 adaptive front lighting system ...... 68 Wheel and tires ©AFS ...... 68 replacements ...... 224 air bag ...... 46 TPMS (Tire pressure monitoring system) air bags ...... 68 warning lamp ...... 68 ASL (Automatic speed limiter)...... 68 Wheel changing ...... 239 battery charge ...... 67 removing the spare wheel...... 238 brake ...... 66, 67 spare tire...... 241 critical warning message ...... 66 tool kit...... 237 using wheel chocks...... 239

261 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

L

Index

Wheel chocks ...... 239 Wheels and tires flat spots ...... 224 punctured ...... 224 tire care ...... 220 tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) ...... 116 valves ...... 224 Windows anti-trap protection ...... 56 open/close ...... 55 rear isolation ...... 55 2013. reset ...... 197 Windscreen wipers speed-dependent mode ...... 54 Wipers operating ...... 53 service position ...... 196 Limited winter park position...... 54 Wipers and washers fluid checking level ...... 205 operating ...... 53 rain sensor...... 54Roverreserved. wipers speed-dependent mode ...... 54 Landrights All Jaguar ©

262 english-en (10, 18, 21 & 25)

R

Index

2013.

Limited

Roverreserved.

Landrights All Jaguar ©

263 (FM8) SEMCON JLR OWNER GUIDE VER 1.00 NAS LANGUAGE: english-NAS-en; MARQUE: landrover; MODEL: LG

L

Controls overview

DRIVERControls overview CONTROLS 31. Telephone and voice recognition (172/165). 1. Front interior lamps (52). 32. Paddle shift down (103). 2. Panoramic roof (55). 33. Interior illumination control. 3. Roof blind (55). 34. Tailgate release (manual), open/close 4. Lighting/turn signals/trip computer (49/ (powered) (13). 72). 35. Hood release lever (194). 5. Message center control (71). 36. Central locking switches (17). 6. Instrument panel, warning lamps and message center (70/66). 37. Driving position memory (21). 7. Cruise control/adaptive cruise control 38. Window controls (55). 2013. (128/ 129). 39. Rear windows isolation and child door 8. Wiper/washer controls (53). locks (36). 9. Engine START/STOP (100). 40. Mirror adjuster/power fold mirror (57). 10. Touch screen (74). 41. Access/height adjustment (110). 11. Front climate control (78). Limited 12. Climate control menu (78). 13. Hazard warning lamps. 14. Front heated/climate seat menu (79). 15. Upper/lower glovebox release (93). Rover 16. CD eject (143). reserved. 17. Climate control (78). 18. Rotary gear selector (103). 19. Terrain response (138). Landrights 20. Low range transmission (106). 21. Automatic speed limiter (ASL),All (142). 22. Electric parking brake (114). 23. Air suspension control (109). 24. DynamicJaguar stability control (DSC) off (107). 25. Hill© descent control (HDC) switch (140). 26. Audio on/off and volume (143). 27. Paddle shift up (103). 28. Heated steering wheel (29). 29. Steering column adjuster (29). 30. Horn.

264 FOLDOUT

2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

START

ENGINE 2013.STOP

HOME MENU MODE SET

MENU RES AUDIO OK VIDEO

NAV

MODE CANCEL Limited PHONE

AIRBAG

1 AUTO CLIMATE AUTO

MAX MAX 16 A/C 34 Roverreserved. F A/C R 17 Land 40 41 rights 313233 30 29 28 27 26 18 All 19

20 Jaguar35

AUTO © Lo 25 ASL 21 24

399 38 36 23

SL2243 37 22